lisp/let-alist.el (let-alist): Evaluate `alist' only once.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob41579222295b6d6c0ec3359a2d9e61de841c81ee
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21607 54478
69 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21607 54478
89 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21607 54478
100 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21607 54478 800121
112 ;;;;;; 42000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21607 54477
242 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21609
841 ;;;;;; 55608 852266 580000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21607 54478 300138
900 ;;;;;; 641000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21607 54478 800121
922 ;;;;;; 42000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21607 54477 800124
955 ;;;;;; 118000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21607
982 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21607 54477 800124
1019 ;;;;;; 118000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21607 54477 800124
1041 ;;;;;; 118000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1154 ;;;***
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21621 7062 810116
1157 ;;;;;; 332000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1175 ;;;***
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1246 ;;;***
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21607 54478
1249 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1345 Settings
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1361 Drawing with keys
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1382 Arrows
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1391 Selecting operation
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1417 Variables
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1442 Hooks
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1447 Keymap summary
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453 ;;;***
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21607 54478
1456 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1481 ;;;***
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21625
1484 ;;;;;; 43838 483701 627000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1494 ;;;***
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21607 54477 800124
1497 ;;;;;; 118000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555 ;;;***
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21607 54478
1558 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1566 ;;;***
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21607 54477 800124
1569 ;;;;;; 118000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605 ;;;***
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21628
1608 ;;;;;; 43483 380149 771000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1657 ;;;***
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21607 54477 800124
1660 ;;;;;; 118000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1746 ;;;***
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1784 ;;;***
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21607 54478
1787 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1803 ;;;***
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21607 54477 800124
1806 ;;;;;; 118000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1839 ;;;***
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21607
1842 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1876 ;;;***
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21607 54478
1879 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1918 Special information:
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1968 ;;;***
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 800121 42000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1979 ;;;***
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21607 54478 300138
1982 ;;;;;; 641000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2004 ;;;***
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21607 54478
2007 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2014 What is blackbox?
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2023 Overview of play:
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2045 Details:
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2124 ;;;***
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21607 54477 800124
2127 ;;;;;; 118000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2133 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 recent one.
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 this.
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 name.
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 this.
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2254 \(fn)" t nil)
2256 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2262 \(second argument).
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2282 while loading.
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2289 explicitly.
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2303 \(fn)" t nil)
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2312 \(fn)" t nil)
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2318 ;;;***
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21607 54478
2321 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2367 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2371 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2375 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2376 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2382 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2383 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2384 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2385 to use.
2387 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2390 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2391 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2392 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2394 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2407 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2408 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2410 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2411 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2418 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2422 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2423 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2426 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2427 new tab in an existing window instead.
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2437 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2438 Firefox.
2440 When called interactively, if variable
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2442 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2443 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2451 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2454 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2455 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2456 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2457 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2458 URL in a new window.
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2465 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2466 Chromium.
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2473 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2476 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2477 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2478 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2480 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2481 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2482 new tab in an existing window instead.
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2497 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2501 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2502 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2510 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2514 program is invoked according to the variable
2515 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2519 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2520 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2547 Default to the URL around or before point.
2549 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2550 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2551 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2553 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2554 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2560 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2561 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2570 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2574 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2575 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2576 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2577 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2578 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2580 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2581 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2582 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2583 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2585 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2586 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2588 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2591 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2592 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2593 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2594 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2595 current one.
2597 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2598 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2599 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2600 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2603 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2610 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2611 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2612 don't offer a form of remote control.
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point.
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around the point.
2626 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2627 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2629 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2630 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2632 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2634 ;;;***
2636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
2637 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2638 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2640 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2641 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2642 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2643 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2645 \(fn)" t nil)
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2648 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2652 \(fn)" t nil)
2654 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2655 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2657 \(fn)" t nil)
2659 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2660 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2661 \\<bs-mode-map>
2662 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2663 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2664 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2665 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2667 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2668 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2669 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2670 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2671 name of buffer configuration.
2673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2675 ;;;***
2677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21607 54478 800121
2678 ;;;;;; 42000))
2679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2681 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2682 Play Bubbles game.
2683 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2684 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2685 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2686 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2687 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2688 columns on its right towards the left.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2695 \(fn)" t nil)
2697 ;;;***
2699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2700 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 800121 42000))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2703 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2718 ;;;***
2720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21607
2721 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
2722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2723 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2727 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2729 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2730 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2731 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2732 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2733 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2734 else the global value will be modified.
2736 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2738 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2739 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2740 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2741 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2742 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2743 else the global value will be modified.
2745 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2747 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2748 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2749 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2751 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2753 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2754 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2755 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2756 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2758 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2759 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2760 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2761 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2762 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2763 before scanning it.
2765 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2766 that already has a `.elc' file.
2768 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2769 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2771 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2772 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2773 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2774 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2775 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2776 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2778 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2780 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2781 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2782 Print the result in the echo area.
2783 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2787 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2788 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2789 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2791 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2793 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2794 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2795 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2796 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2797 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2798 all functions called by those functions.
2800 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2801 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2802 cons, etc.).
2804 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2805 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2806 invoked interactively.
2808 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2810 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2811 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2812 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2813 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2815 \(fn)" nil nil)
2817 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2818 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2819 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2820 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2821 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2822 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2823 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2824 already up-to-date.
2826 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2828 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2829 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2830 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2831 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2833 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2834 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2835 and corresponding effects.
2837 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2839 ;;;***
2841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21617
2842 ;;;;;; 49721 420132 227000))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2845 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2847 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2849 ;;;***
2851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21609 55608
2852 ;;;;;; 852266 580000))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2857 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2859 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2861 ;;;***
2863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21607
2864 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
2865 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2867 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2868 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2869 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2870 from the cursor position.
2872 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2874 ;;;***
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2878 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2880 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2881 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2885 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2886 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2888 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2890 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2891 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2893 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2895 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2896 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2897 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2898 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2900 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2902 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2903 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2904 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2905 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2907 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2909 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2910 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2911 This is most useful in the X window system.
2912 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2913 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2915 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2917 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2918 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2919 See calc-keypad for details.
2921 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2923 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2924 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2926 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2928 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2929 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2931 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2933 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2934 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2936 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2938 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2939 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2940 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2942 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2944 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2945 Define Calc function.
2947 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2948 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2949 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2951 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2952 actual Lisp function name.
2954 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2956 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2958 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2960 ;;;***
2962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21607 54477
2963 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
2964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2966 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2969 \(fn N)" t nil)
2971 ;;;***
2973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21607 54477 800124
2974 ;;;;;; 118000))
2975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2977 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2978 Run the Emacs calculator.
2979 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2981 \(fn)" t nil)
2983 ;;;***
2985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21607 54477
2986 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
2987 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2989 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2990 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2991 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2992 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2993 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2994 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2996 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2997 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2998 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2999 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3000 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3001 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3002 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3003 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3004 window.
3006 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3007 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3009 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3010 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3011 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3012 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3013 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3014 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3016 Runs the following hooks:
3018 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3019 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3020 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3021 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3023 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3027 ;;;***
3029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21607 54478 300138
3030 ;;;;;; 641000))
3031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3033 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3034 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3036 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3038 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3039 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3040 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3041 it fails.
3043 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3045 ;;;***
3047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21623
3048 ;;;;;; 2108 292281 129000))
3049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3051 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3052 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3054 \(fn)" nil nil)
3056 ;;;***
3058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21607 54478
3059 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
3060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3062 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3063 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3065 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3066 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3068 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3069 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3071 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3073 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3074 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3075 made from scratch.
3077 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3079 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3080 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3082 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3083 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3084 made from scratch.
3086 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3088 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3089 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3091 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3093 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3094 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3095 made from scratch.
3097 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3099 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3100 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3102 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3103 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3104 made from scratch.
3106 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3108 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3109 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3111 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3113 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3114 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3115 made from scratch.
3117 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3119 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3120 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3122 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3123 variables are guessed:
3125 * `c-basic-offset', and
3126 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3127 `c-offsets-alist'.
3129 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3130 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3132 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3133 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3135 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3136 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3137 guess is made from scratch.
3139 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3140 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3142 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3145 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3146 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3147 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3149 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3150 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3151 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3153 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3155 ;;;***
3157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21607 54478
3158 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
3159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3161 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3162 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3163 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3164 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3165 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3166 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3167 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3169 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3171 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3172 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3173 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3174 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3175 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3176 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3177 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3179 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3180 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3181 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3182 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3183 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3184 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3186 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3188 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3189 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3191 Key bindings:
3192 \\{c-mode-map}
3194 \(fn)" t nil)
3196 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3197 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3198 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3199 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3200 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3201 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3202 message.
3204 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3206 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3207 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3209 Key bindings:
3210 \\{c++-mode-map}
3212 \(fn)" t nil)
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3215 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3216 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3217 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3218 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3219 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3220 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3221 message.
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3225 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3226 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3228 Key bindings:
3229 \\{objc-mode-map}
3231 \(fn)" t nil)
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3234 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3235 Major mode for editing Java code.
3236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3237 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3238 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3239 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3240 message.
3242 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3244 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3245 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3247 Key bindings:
3248 \\{java-mode-map}
3250 \(fn)" t nil)
3251 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3253 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3254 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3255 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3256 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3257 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3259 message.
3261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3263 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3264 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3266 Key bindings:
3267 \\{idl-mode-map}
3269 \(fn)" t nil)
3270 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3271 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3273 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3274 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3275 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3276 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3277 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3278 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3279 message.
3281 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3283 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3284 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3286 Key bindings:
3287 \\{pike-mode-map}
3289 \(fn)" t nil)
3290 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3291 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3292 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3293 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3294 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3296 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3297 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3298 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3299 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3300 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3301 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3303 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3305 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3306 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3308 Key bindings:
3309 \\{awk-mode-map}
3311 \(fn)" t nil)
3313 ;;;***
3315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21607
3316 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
3317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3319 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3320 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3321 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3322 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3324 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3326 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3327 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3328 might get set too.
3330 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3331 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3332 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3333 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3334 in this way.
3336 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3337 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3338 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3339 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3340 a null operation.
3342 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3344 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3345 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3346 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3347 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3349 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3351 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3352 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3353 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3355 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3357 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3358 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3359 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3360 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3361 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3363 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3365 ;;;***
3367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21607 54478
3368 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
3369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3370 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3371 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3372 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3374 ;;;***
3376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21607 54478 300138
3377 ;;;;;; 641000))
3378 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3380 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3381 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3383 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3385 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3386 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3388 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3390 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3391 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3393 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3394 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3395 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3396 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3397 execution.
3399 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3401 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3403 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3404 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3406 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3407 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3408 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3409 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3411 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3412 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3413 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3414 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3415 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3416 `write' commands.
3418 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3419 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3420 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3421 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3423 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3424 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3425 semantics.
3427 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3429 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3431 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3433 STATEMENT :=
3434 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3435 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3437 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3438 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3439 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3440 | integer
3442 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3444 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3445 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3446 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3448 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3449 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3450 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3452 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3453 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3455 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3456 BREAK := (break)
3458 REPEAT :=
3459 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3460 (repeat)
3461 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3462 ;; (repeat))
3463 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3464 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3465 ;; (read REG)
3466 ;; (repeat))
3467 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3468 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3469 ;; (read REG)
3470 ;; (repeat))
3471 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3473 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3474 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3475 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3476 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3477 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3478 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3479 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3480 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3481 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3482 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3483 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3484 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3485 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3486 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3487 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3488 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3490 WRITE :=
3491 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3492 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3493 ;; representation.
3494 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3495 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3496 ;; (write r7))
3497 | (write EXPRESSION)
3498 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3499 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3500 ;; representation.
3501 | (write integer)
3502 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3503 ;; buffer.
3504 | (write string)
3505 ;; Same as: (write string)
3506 | string
3507 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3508 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3509 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3510 ;; representation.
3511 | (write REG ARRAY)
3512 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3513 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3514 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3515 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3516 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3517 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3519 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3520 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3522 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3523 END := (end)
3525 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3526 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3527 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3529 ARG := REG | integer
3531 OPERATOR :=
3532 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3533 + | - | * | / | %
3535 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3536 | & | `|' | ^
3538 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3539 | << | >>
3541 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3542 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3543 | <8
3545 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3546 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3547 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3548 | >8
3550 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3551 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3552 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3553 | //
3555 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3556 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3558 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3559 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3560 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3561 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3562 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3563 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3564 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3565 | de-sjis
3567 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3568 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3569 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3570 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3571 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3572 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3573 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3574 ;; byte of SJIS.
3575 | en-sjis
3577 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3578 ;; Same meaning as C code
3579 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3581 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3582 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3583 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3584 | <8=
3586 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3587 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3588 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3590 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3591 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3592 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3593 | //=
3595 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3598 TRANSLATE :=
3599 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3600 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3601 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3602 LOOKUP :=
3603 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3604 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3605 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3606 MAP :=
3607 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3608 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3609 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3610 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3611 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3612 MAP-ID := integer
3614 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3616 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3618 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3619 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3620 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3621 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3622 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3623 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3625 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3627 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3628 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3629 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3631 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3633 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3635 ;;;***
3637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21607 54477
3638 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
3639 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3641 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3642 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3643 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3644 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3646 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3648 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3650 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3651 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3653 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3655 ;;;***
3657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21607 54477 800124
3658 ;;;;;; 118000))
3659 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3660 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3662 ;;;***
3664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21607 54478
3665 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
3666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3667 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3669 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3670 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3671 There are no special keybindings by default.
3673 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3674 to the action header.
3676 \(fn)" t nil)
3678 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3679 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3680 There are no special keybindings by default.
3682 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3683 to the action header.
3685 \(fn)" t nil)
3687 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3688 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3690 \(fn)" t nil)
3692 ;;;***
3694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21607 54477
3695 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
3696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3697 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3699 ;;;***
3701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3702 ;;;;;; (21607 54477 800124 118000))
3703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3705 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3706 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3707 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3709 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3711 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3712 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3713 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3715 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3717 ;;;***
3719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21607
3720 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
3721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3722 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3723 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3724 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3725 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3726 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3727 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3728 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3729 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3730 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3732 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3735 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3736 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3737 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3739 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3740 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3741 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3742 the users will view as each check is completed.
3744 \(fn)" t nil)
3746 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3747 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3748 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3749 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3750 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3751 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3752 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3753 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3755 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3757 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3758 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3759 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3760 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3761 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3762 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3763 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3764 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3766 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3768 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3769 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3770 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3771 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3772 spacing are all verified.
3774 \(fn)" t nil)
3776 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3777 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3778 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3779 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3780 otherwise stop after the first error.
3782 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3784 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3785 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3786 Only documentation strings are checked.
3787 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3788 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3789 a separate buffer.
3791 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3793 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3794 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3795 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3796 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3797 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3799 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3801 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3802 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3803 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3804 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3805 if there is one.
3807 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3809 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3810 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3811 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3812 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3813 if there is one.
3814 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3816 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3818 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3819 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3820 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3822 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3824 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3825 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3826 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3827 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3828 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3830 \(fn)" t nil)
3832 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3833 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3834 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3835 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3836 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3837 space at the end of each line.
3839 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3841 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3842 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3843 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3844 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3846 \(fn)" t nil)
3848 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3849 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3850 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3851 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3853 \(fn)" t nil)
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3856 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3857 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3858 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3860 \(fn)" t nil)
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3863 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3864 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3865 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3867 \(fn)" t nil)
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3870 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3871 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3872 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3874 \(fn)" t nil)
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3877 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3878 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3879 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3881 \(fn)" t nil)
3883 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3884 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3885 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3886 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3891 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3892 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3893 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3895 \(fn)" t nil)
3897 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3898 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3899 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3900 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3902 \(fn)" t nil)
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3905 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3906 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3907 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3908 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3910 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3911 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3912 checking of documentation strings.
3914 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3918 ;;;***
3920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21607
3921 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
3922 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3924 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3925 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3926 Return the length of resulting text.
3928 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3930 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3931 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3933 \(fn)" t nil)
3935 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3936 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3937 Return the length of resulting text.
3939 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3941 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3942 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3944 \(fn)" t nil)
3946 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3949 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3951 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3954 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3956 ;;;***
3958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21607 54477 800124
3959 ;;;;;; 118000))
3960 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3962 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3963 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3964 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3965 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3966 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3967 editing and the result is evaluated.
3969 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3971 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3972 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3973 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3974 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3975 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3977 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3979 \(fn)" t nil)
3981 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3982 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3983 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3984 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3985 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3987 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3988 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3989 \\{command-history-map}
3991 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3992 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3994 \(fn)" t nil)
3996 ;;;***
3998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21607
3999 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
4000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4002 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4003 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4004 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4005 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4006 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4007 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4008 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4009 of this function.
4011 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4012 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4013 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4014 property are:
4016 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4017 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4019 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4020 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4021 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4022 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4023 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4024 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4025 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4026 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4027 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4028 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4029 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4030 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4032 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4033 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4034 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4036 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4037 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4038 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4039 list elements are:
4041 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4043 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4045 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4047 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4048 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4050 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4051 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4053 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4054 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4055 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4056 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4057 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4058 value specified by their associated list element.
4060 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4062 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4063 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4064 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4066 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4067 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4068 * indent the first argument by 4.
4069 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4070 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4071 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4073 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4074 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4075 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4076 instead.
4078 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4080 ;;;***
4082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21619 26501
4083 ;;;;;; 970129 581000))
4084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4085 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4087 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4089 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4090 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4091 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4092 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4093 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4094 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4096 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4097 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4099 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4101 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4103 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4105 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4107 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4109 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4111 ;;;***
4113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21607 54478
4114 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
4115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4117 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4118 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4119 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4120 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4122 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4123 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4124 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4125 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4127 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4128 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4130 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4132 ;;;***
4134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21607 54477 800124
4135 ;;;;;; 118000))
4136 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4138 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4139 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4140 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4141 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4142 of `scheme-program-name').
4143 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4144 it is given as initial input.
4145 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4146 discards input when it starts up.
4147 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4148 is run).
4149 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4151 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4153 ;;;***
4155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
4156 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4158 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4159 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4160 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4161 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4163 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4164 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4166 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4167 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4168 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4170 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4172 ;;;***
4174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
4175 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4177 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4178 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4179 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4180 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4181 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4182 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4183 functions have already modified the buffer.
4185 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4187 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4188 either globally or locally.")
4190 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4191 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4192 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4193 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4195 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4196 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4197 `start-file-process'
4198 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4199 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4200 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4202 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4203 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4205 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4207 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4209 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4211 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4212 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4213 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4214 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4215 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4216 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4217 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4218 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4219 process as its initial input.
4221 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4223 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4225 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4227 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4228 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4229 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4230 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4231 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4232 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4234 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4236 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4238 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4239 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4240 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4241 directory tracking functions.")
4243 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4244 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4245 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4247 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4249 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4251 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4252 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4253 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4255 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4257 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4259 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4260 Send COMMAND to current process.
4261 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4262 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4264 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4266 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4267 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4268 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4269 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4271 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4273 ;;;***
4275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21607 54478
4276 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
4277 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4279 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4280 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4281 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4282 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4284 This command pushes the mark in each window
4285 at the prior location of point in that window.
4286 If both windows display the same buffer,
4287 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4288 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4290 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4291 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4292 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4293 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4294 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4295 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4296 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4297 ignored.
4299 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4300 this command work in interlaced mode:
4301 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4302 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4303 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4305 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4307 ;;;***
4309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21607 54478
4310 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
4311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4313 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4314 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4316 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4318 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4319 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4320 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4322 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4324 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4325 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4326 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4328 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4330 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4331 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4332 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4333 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4334 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4336 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4337 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4338 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4339 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4340 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4342 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4343 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4344 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4345 describing how the process finished.")
4347 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4348 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4349 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4350 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4351 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4353 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4354 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4355 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4357 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4359 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4360 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4361 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4362 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4364 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4366 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4367 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4369 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4370 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4372 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4373 (lambda ()
4374 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4375 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4376 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4377 (concat \"make -k \"
4378 (if buffer-file-name
4379 (shell-quote-argument
4380 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4382 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4383 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4385 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4386 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4387 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4388 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4390 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4392 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4393 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4394 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4395 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4397 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4398 and move to the source code that caused it.
4400 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4401 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4403 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4404 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4405 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4406 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4407 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4409 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4410 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4411 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4412 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4414 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4415 kills its subprocesses.
4417 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4418 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4419 to a function that generates a unique name.
4421 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4423 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4424 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4425 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4426 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4428 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4429 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4431 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4432 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4433 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4434 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4436 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4437 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4438 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4440 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4442 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4444 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4445 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4446 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4447 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4448 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4450 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4452 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4454 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4456 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4458 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4459 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4460 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4461 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4462 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4464 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4465 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4466 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4467 See `compilation-mode'.
4469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4471 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4472 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4473 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4474 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4475 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4477 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4478 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4479 `compilation-mode'.
4481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4483 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4484 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4485 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4487 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4489 ;;;***
4491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21607 54477 800124
4492 ;;;;;; 118000))
4493 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4495 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4496 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4497 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4498 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4499 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4500 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4502 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4504 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4505 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4506 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4507 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4508 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4512 ;;;***
4514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21607
4515 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
4516 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4518 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4519 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4520 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4521 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4522 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4523 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4524 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4526 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4527 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4528 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4530 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4531 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4532 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4534 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4535 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4536 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4537 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4539 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4540 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4541 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4542 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4543 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4544 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4545 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4547 \\{conf-mode-map}
4549 \(fn)" t nil)
4551 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4552 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4553 Comments start with `#'.
4554 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4556 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4558 \[Desktop Entry]
4559 Encoding=UTF-8
4560 Name=The GIMP
4561 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4562 Name[cs]=GIMP
4564 \(fn)" t nil)
4566 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4567 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4568 Comments start with `;'.
4569 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4571 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4573 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4574 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4575 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4577 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4578 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4580 \(fn)" t nil)
4582 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4583 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4584 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4585 between `/*' and `*/'.
4586 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4588 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4589 // another kind of comment
4590 /* yet another */
4592 name:value
4593 name=value
4594 name value
4595 x.1 =
4596 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4597 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4599 \(fn)" t nil)
4601 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4602 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4603 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4604 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4605 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4606 `conf-space-keywords'.
4607 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4608 in an interactive fashion instead.
4610 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4612 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4614 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4615 image/png png
4616 image/tiff tiff tif
4618 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4619 class desktop
4620 # Standard multimedia devices
4621 add /dev/audio desktop
4622 add /dev/mixer desktop
4624 \(fn)" t nil)
4626 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4627 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4628 See `conf-space-mode'.
4630 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4632 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4633 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4634 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4635 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4637 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4639 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4640 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4642 \(fn)" t nil)
4644 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4645 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4646 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4647 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4649 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4651 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4652 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4654 \(fn)" t nil)
4656 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4657 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4658 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4659 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4661 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4663 *background: gray99
4664 *foreground: black
4666 \(fn)" t nil)
4668 ;;;***
4670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21607 54478 800121
4671 ;;;;;; 42000))
4672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4674 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4675 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4676 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4677 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4678 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4679 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4681 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4683 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4684 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4685 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4686 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4688 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4690 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4691 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4692 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4693 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4695 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4697 ;;;***
4699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21607
4700 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
4701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4702 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4703 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4704 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4706 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4707 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4708 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4709 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4710 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4711 following the copyright are updated as well.
4712 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4713 interactively.
4715 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4717 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4718 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4719 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4720 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4721 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4723 \(fn)" t nil)
4725 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4726 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4728 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4730 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4731 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4732 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4734 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4736 ;;;***
4738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21607
4739 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
4740 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4741 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4742 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4743 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4744 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4745 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4746 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4747 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4749 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4750 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4751 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4752 Tab indents for Perl code.
4753 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4754 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4756 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4757 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4758 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4759 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4760 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4761 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4762 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4763 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4764 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4765 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4766 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4767 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4769 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4771 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4772 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4774 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4776 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4777 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4778 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4779 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4780 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4781 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4782 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4783 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4784 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4786 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4788 bite if angry;
4790 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4791 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4792 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4793 to nil.)
4795 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4796 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4797 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4799 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4801 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4802 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4803 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4804 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4805 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4807 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4809 if (A) { B }
4811 into
4813 B if A;
4815 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4817 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4818 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4819 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4820 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4821 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4822 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4823 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4824 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4825 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4826 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4827 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4828 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4829 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4831 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4832 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4833 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4834 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4835 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4836 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4838 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4839 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4840 man via menu.
4842 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4843 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4844 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4845 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4846 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4848 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4849 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4850 span the needed amount of lines.
4852 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4853 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4854 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4855 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4857 Variables controlling indentation style:
4858 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4859 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4860 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4861 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4862 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4863 `cperl-auto-newline'
4864 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4865 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4866 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4867 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4868 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4869 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4870 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4871 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4872 `cperl-indent-level'
4873 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4874 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4875 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4876 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4877 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4878 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4879 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4880 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4881 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4882 `cperl-brace-offset'
4883 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4884 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4885 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4886 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4887 `cperl-label-offset'
4888 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4889 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4890 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4892 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4893 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4894 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4895 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4896 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4897 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4899 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4900 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4901 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4902 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4904 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4905 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4906 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4907 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4908 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4909 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4910 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4912 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4913 column 0 is indented on
4914 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4916 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4917 with no args.
4919 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4920 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4921 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4923 \(fn)" t nil)
4925 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4926 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4928 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4930 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4931 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4933 \(fn)" t nil)
4935 ;;;***
4937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21607 54478 800121
4938 ;;;;;; 42000))
4939 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4941 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4942 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4943 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4944 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4945 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4947 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4949 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4950 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4952 \(fn)" t nil)
4954 ;;;***
4956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21607 54477 800124
4957 ;;;;;; 118000))
4958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4960 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4961 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4962 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4963 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4964 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4965 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4966 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4967 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4969 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4970 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4972 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4973 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
4974 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
4976 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
4977 with empty strings removed.
4979 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4981 ;;;***
4983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21607 54478
4984 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
4985 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4987 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4988 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4990 \(fn)" t nil)
4991 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
4993 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
4994 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
4996 \(fn)" t nil)
4998 ;;;***
5000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21607 54477
5001 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
5002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5004 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5005 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5006 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5007 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5008 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5009 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5011 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5013 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5014 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5015 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5016 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5017 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5019 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5020 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5021 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5022 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5023 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5024 normal function of these prefix keys.
5026 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5027 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5028 options:
5029 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5030 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5031 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5033 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5034 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5035 the prefix fallback behavior.
5037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5039 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5040 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5042 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5044 ;;;***
5046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21607 54477
5047 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
5048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5050 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5051 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5052 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5056 ;;;***
5058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21607 54477 800124
5059 ;;;;;; 118000))
5060 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5062 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5063 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5065 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5067 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5068 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5070 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5072 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5073 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5075 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5077 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5078 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5080 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5081 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5083 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5084 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5086 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5088 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5090 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5091 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5092 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5094 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5095 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5097 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5098 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5100 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5101 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5103 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5105 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5107 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5108 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5109 Return VALUE.
5111 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5112 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5114 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5115 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5117 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5118 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5120 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5122 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5124 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5125 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5126 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5127 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5129 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5130 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5131 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5133 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5135 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5136 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5137 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5138 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5139 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5141 \(fn)" t nil)
5143 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5144 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5145 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5146 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5148 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5150 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5151 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5152 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5154 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5156 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5157 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5159 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5161 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5163 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5164 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5166 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5168 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5170 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5171 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5172 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5174 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5176 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5177 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5178 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5179 as part of Emacs itself.
5181 Each elements looks like this:
5183 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5185 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5186 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5187 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5188 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5189 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5190 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5191 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5192 and `defface'.
5194 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5196 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5197 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5198 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5199 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5200 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5202 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5203 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5204 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5205 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5207 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5209 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5210 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5211 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5212 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5213 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5214 release.
5216 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5217 that were added or redefined since that version.
5219 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5221 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5222 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5223 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5224 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5226 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5228 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5229 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5231 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5233 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5234 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5235 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5237 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5238 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5240 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5242 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5243 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5245 \(fn)" t nil)
5247 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5248 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5250 \(fn)" t nil)
5252 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5253 Customize all saved options and faces.
5255 \(fn)" t nil)
5257 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5258 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5259 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5260 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5261 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5262 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5264 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5265 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5266 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5268 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5270 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5271 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5273 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5275 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5276 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5278 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5280 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5281 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5283 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5285 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5286 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5287 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5288 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5289 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5290 that option.
5291 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5293 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5295 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5296 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5297 The result includes selecting that window.
5298 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5299 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5300 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5301 that option.
5303 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5305 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5306 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5308 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5310 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5311 File used for storing customization information.
5312 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5313 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5314 it should be an absolute file name.
5316 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5317 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5318 something like the following in your init file:
5320 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5321 \(load custom-file)
5323 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5324 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5326 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5327 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5328 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5329 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5330 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5332 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5333 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5334 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5335 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5336 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5337 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5338 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5339 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5340 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5341 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5343 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5345 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5346 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5348 \(fn)" nil nil)
5350 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5351 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5353 \(fn)" t nil)
5355 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5356 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5357 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5359 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5361 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5362 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5363 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5364 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5365 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5367 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5369 ;;;***
5371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21607 54477 800124
5372 ;;;;;; 118000))
5373 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5375 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5376 Create or edit a custom theme.
5377 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5378 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5379 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5380 from the Custom save file.
5381 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5382 named *Custom Theme*.
5384 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5386 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5387 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5389 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5391 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5392 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5394 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5396 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5397 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5398 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5399 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5401 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5403 ;;;***
5405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21607 54478
5406 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
5407 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5409 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5410 Mode used for cvs status output.
5412 \(fn)" t nil)
5414 ;;;***
5416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21607 54478 800121
5417 ;;;;;; 42000))
5418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5419 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5421 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5422 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5424 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5426 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5427 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5428 C++ modes are included.
5430 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5431 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5432 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5436 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5438 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5439 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5440 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5441 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5442 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5443 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5445 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5447 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5448 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5449 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5450 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5451 ARG is omitted or nil.
5453 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5454 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5455 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5459 ;;;***
5461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21607
5462 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
5463 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5465 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5466 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5468 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5470 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5471 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5473 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5475 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5476 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5477 For readability, the table is slightly
5478 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5480 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5481 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5482 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5483 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5484 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5486 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5488 ;;;***
5490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21607 54477 800124
5491 ;;;;;; 118000))
5492 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5493 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5494 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5495 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5496 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5498 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5499 Completion on current word.
5500 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5501 and presents suggestions for completion.
5503 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5504 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5505 completions.
5507 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5508 then it searches *all* buffers.
5510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5512 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5513 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5515 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5516 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5517 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5518 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5519 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5521 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5522 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5524 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5525 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5526 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5528 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5529 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5531 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5533 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5535 ;;;***
5537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21607 54477
5538 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
5539 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5541 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5542 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5544 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5546 ;;;***
5548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
5549 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5551 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5552 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5553 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5554 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5555 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5557 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5559 ;;;***
5561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21607 54478
5562 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
5563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5565 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5566 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5568 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5569 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5570 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5572 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5573 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5574 Data lines are not indented.
5576 Key bindings:
5578 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5579 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5581 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5582 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5583 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5584 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5586 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5588 dcl-basic-offset
5589 Extra indentation within blocks.
5591 dcl-continuation-offset
5592 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5594 dcl-margin-offset
5595 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5597 dcl-margin-label-offset
5598 Indentation for a label.
5600 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5601 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5603 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5604 dcl-block-end-regexp
5605 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5606 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5607 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5608 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5609 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5611 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5612 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5613 Two such functions are included in the package:
5614 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5615 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5617 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5618 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5619 One such function is included in the package:
5620 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5622 dcl-tab-always-indent
5623 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5624 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5625 margin.
5627 dcl-electric-characters
5628 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5629 typed.
5631 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5632 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5633 which words trigger electric indentation.
5635 dcl-tempo-comma
5636 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5637 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5638 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5640 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5641 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5642 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5643 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5645 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5646 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5647 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5648 dcl-imenu-label-call
5649 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5651 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5652 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5653 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5654 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5657 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5659 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5660 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5661 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5662 $ i = 1
5663 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5664 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5665 $ label:
5666 $ if i.eq.1
5667 $ then
5668 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5669 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5670 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5671 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5672 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5673 \"lined up with the command line\"
5674 $ type sys$input
5675 Data lines are not indented at all.
5676 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5677 $ endif
5681 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5682 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5684 \(fn)" t nil)
5686 ;;;***
5688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21607 54477
5689 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
5690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5692 (setq debugger 'debug)
5694 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5695 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5696 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5697 of the evaluator.
5699 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5700 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5701 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5703 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5705 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5706 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5708 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5710 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5711 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5712 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5713 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5714 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5715 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5717 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5718 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5720 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5722 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5723 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5724 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5725 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5726 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5728 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5730 ;;;***
5732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21607 54478
5733 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
5734 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5736 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5737 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5739 \(fn)" t nil)
5741 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5742 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5743 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5744 Upper-case letters are commands.
5746 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5747 modify it.
5749 The most useful commands are:
5750 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5751 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5752 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5753 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5754 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5755 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5757 \(fn)" t nil)
5759 ;;;***
5761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21607 54477 800124
5762 ;;;;;; 118000))
5763 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5764 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5766 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5767 Customization of `columns' group.
5769 \(fn)" t nil)
5771 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5772 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5774 START and END delimits the text region.
5776 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5778 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5779 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5781 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5783 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5785 ;;;***
5787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
5788 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5790 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5792 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5793 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5794 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5795 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5796 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5797 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5799 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5801 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5802 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5803 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5804 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5805 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5807 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5808 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5809 point regardless of any selection.
5811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5813 ;;;***
5815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21607 54477
5816 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
5817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5819 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5820 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5822 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5824 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5825 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5826 or nil if there is no parent.
5827 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5828 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5829 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5830 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5831 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5833 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5834 arguments are currently understood:
5835 :group GROUP
5836 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5837 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5838 :syntax-table TABLE
5839 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5840 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5841 :abbrev-table TABLE
5842 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5843 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5845 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5847 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5849 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5850 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5851 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5853 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5854 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5856 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5857 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5858 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5860 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5861 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5863 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5864 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5866 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5868 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5870 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5872 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5873 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5874 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5875 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5876 the first time the mode is used.
5878 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5880 ;;;***
5882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21607 54477 800124
5883 ;;;;;; 118000))
5884 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5886 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5887 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5888 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5889 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5890 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5891 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5892 otherwise.
5894 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5896 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5897 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5898 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5899 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5901 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5902 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5903 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5905 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5906 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5907 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5908 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5909 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5910 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5911 relevant to POS.
5913 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5915 ;;;***
5917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21616 28857 81577 239000))
5918 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5920 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5921 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5922 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5923 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5924 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5925 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5927 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5929 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5930 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5931 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5932 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5933 is omitted or nil.
5935 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5936 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5937 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5938 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5940 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5941 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5943 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5944 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5946 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5948 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5952 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5953 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5954 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5955 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5957 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5959 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5960 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5962 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5963 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5964 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5966 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5967 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5969 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5970 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5971 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5973 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5974 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5975 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5976 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5978 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5980 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5981 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5983 Handlers are called with argument list
5985 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5987 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5989 `desktop-file-version'
5990 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
5991 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
5992 `desktop-buffer-point'
5993 `desktop-buffer-mark'
5994 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
5995 `desktop-buffer-locals'
5997 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5998 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6000 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6001 code like
6003 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6005 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6006 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6008 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6010 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6012 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6013 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6014 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6015 List elements must have the form
6017 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6019 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6020 function.
6022 Handlers are called with argument list
6024 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6026 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6028 `desktop-file-version'
6029 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6030 `desktop-buffer-name'
6031 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6032 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6033 `desktop-buffer-point'
6034 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6035 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6036 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6038 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6039 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6040 created and set.
6042 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6043 code like
6045 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6047 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6048 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6050 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6052 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6054 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6056 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6057 Empty the Desktop.
6058 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6059 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6060 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6061 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6062 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6063 if different).
6065 \(fn)" t nil)
6067 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6068 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6069 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6070 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6071 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6072 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6073 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6075 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6077 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6078 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6079 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6081 \(fn)" t nil)
6083 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6084 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6085 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6086 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6087 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6088 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6089 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6090 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6092 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6094 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6095 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6096 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6098 \(fn)" nil nil)
6100 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6102 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6103 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6104 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6105 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6106 directory DIRNAME.
6108 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6110 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6111 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6113 \(fn)" t nil)
6115 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6116 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6118 \(fn)" t nil)
6120 ;;;***
6122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21607 54478
6123 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
6124 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6126 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6127 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6128 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6129 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6130 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6131 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6133 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6135 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6136 Repair a broken attribution line.
6137 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6139 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6141 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6142 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6143 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6144 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6146 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6148 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6149 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6151 \(fn)" t nil)
6153 ;;;***
6155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21625
6156 ;;;;;; 43838 483701 627000))
6157 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6159 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6160 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6161 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6162 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6163 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6167 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6168 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6169 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6170 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6172 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6173 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6174 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6175 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6177 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6178 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6180 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6181 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6182 calendar-date-style 'european
6183 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6185 \(diary-mail-entries)
6187 # diary-rem.el ends here
6189 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6191 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6192 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6194 \(fn)" t nil)
6196 ;;;***
6198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
6199 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6201 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6202 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6204 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6206 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6207 The command to use to run diff.")
6209 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6211 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6212 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6213 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6214 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6215 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6216 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6218 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6219 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6220 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6222 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6224 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6225 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6226 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6227 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6228 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6229 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6231 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6233 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6234 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6236 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6238 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6239 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6240 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6242 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6244 ;;;***
6246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21628 45530
6247 ;;;;;; 160140 360000))
6248 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6250 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6251 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6252 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6253 normal diffs.
6255 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6256 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6257 headers for you on-the-fly.
6259 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6260 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6261 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6263 \\{diff-mode-map}
6265 \(fn)" t nil)
6267 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6268 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6269 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6270 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6271 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6273 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6277 ;;;***
6279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
6280 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6282 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6283 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6284 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6286 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6288 ;;;***
6290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
6291 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6293 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6294 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6295 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6296 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6297 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6298 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6299 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6300 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6302 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6304 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6305 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6306 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6307 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6308 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6309 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6311 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6312 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6313 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6314 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6315 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6316 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6317 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6318 list of files to make directory entries for.
6319 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6320 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6321 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6323 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6325 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6326 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6328 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6329 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6331 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6332 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6334 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6335 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6337 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6339 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6340 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6342 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6344 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6345 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6346 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6347 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6348 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6349 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6350 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6351 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6352 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6353 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6354 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6355 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6356 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6357 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6358 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6359 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6360 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6361 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6362 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6363 to see why something went wrong.
6364 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6365 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6366 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6367 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6368 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6369 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6370 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6371 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6372 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6373 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6374 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6375 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6376 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6378 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6379 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6380 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6381 again for the directory tree.
6383 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6384 for more info):
6386 `dired-listing-switches'
6387 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6388 `dired-marker-char'
6389 `dired-del-marker'
6390 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6391 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6392 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6393 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6395 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6397 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6398 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6399 `dired-mode-hook'
6400 `dired-load-hook'
6402 Keybindings:
6403 \\{dired-mode-map}
6405 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6406 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6408 ;;;***
6410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21607 54477 800124
6411 ;;;;;; 118000))
6412 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6414 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6415 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6416 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6417 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6418 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6420 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6421 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6422 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6424 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6425 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6426 directory.
6428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6430 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6431 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6432 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6433 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6434 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6435 from `default-directory'.
6437 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6439 ;;;***
6441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21607 54477
6442 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
6443 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6445 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6446 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6447 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6448 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6449 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6450 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6452 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6454 ;;;***
6456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21607 54477 800124
6457 ;;;;;; 118000))
6458 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6460 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6461 Return a new, empty display table.
6463 \(fn)" nil nil)
6465 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6466 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6467 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6468 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6469 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6471 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6473 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6474 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6475 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6476 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6477 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6479 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6481 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6482 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6484 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6486 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6487 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6489 \(fn)" t nil)
6491 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6492 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6494 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6495 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6497 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6498 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6499 byte.
6501 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6502 in the default way after this call.
6504 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6506 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6507 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6509 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6511 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6512 Display character C using printable string S.
6514 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6516 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6517 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6518 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6519 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6521 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6523 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6524 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6525 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6526 X frame.
6528 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6530 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6531 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6533 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6535 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6536 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6538 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6540 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6541 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6543 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6545 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6546 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6548 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6550 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6551 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6553 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6555 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6556 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6558 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6559 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6561 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6562 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6564 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6565 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6566 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6567 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6569 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6570 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6571 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6572 in `.emacs'.
6574 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6576 ;;;***
6578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21607 54478
6579 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
6580 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6582 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6583 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6584 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6585 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6586 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6587 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6588 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6589 Default is 2.
6591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6593 ;;;***
6595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
6596 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6598 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6599 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6600 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6601 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6602 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6603 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6604 private or ask).
6605 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6606 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6607 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6608 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6609 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6611 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6613 ;;;***
6615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21607 54478
6616 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
6617 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6619 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6620 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6621 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6622 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6623 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6624 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6625 table and its own syntax table.
6627 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6629 \(fn)" t nil)
6630 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6632 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6633 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6635 \(fn)" t nil)
6637 ;;;***
6639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21607 54477 800124
6640 ;;;;;; 118000))
6641 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6643 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6644 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6645 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6646 OpenDocument format).
6648 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6650 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6651 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6653 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6654 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6656 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6657 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6658 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6660 \(fn)" t nil)
6662 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6663 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6664 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6665 to the next best mode.
6667 \(fn)" nil nil)
6669 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6670 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6671 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6672 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6673 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6675 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6679 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6682 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6684 ;;;***
6686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21607 54478 800121
6687 ;;;;;; 42000))
6688 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6690 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6691 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6693 \(fn)" t nil)
6695 ;;;***
6697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
6698 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6700 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6701 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6702 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6703 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6704 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6706 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6707 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6711 ;;;***
6713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21607 54478 800121
6714 ;;;;;; 42000))
6715 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6716 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6718 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6719 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6721 \(fn)" t nil)
6723 ;;;***
6725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21607
6726 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
6727 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6729 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6731 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6732 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6733 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6734 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6735 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6737 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6738 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6739 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6740 and disables it otherwise.
6742 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6743 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6744 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6745 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6747 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6748 documenting what its argument does.
6750 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6751 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6752 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6753 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6754 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6755 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6756 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6757 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6759 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6760 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6761 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6762 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6763 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6764 mode is global):
6766 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6767 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6768 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6769 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6770 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6771 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6772 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6773 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6774 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6775 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6776 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6777 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6778 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6779 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6780 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6781 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6782 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6783 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6784 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6785 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6786 in :variable).
6788 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6789 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6791 For example, you could write
6792 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6793 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6794 ...BODY CODE...)
6796 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6798 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6800 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6802 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6804 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6805 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6806 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6807 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6808 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6809 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6810 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6811 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6812 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6813 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6814 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6815 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6817 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6818 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6819 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6820 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6821 call another major mode in their body.
6823 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6824 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6825 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6827 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6829 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6831 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6832 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6833 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6834 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6835 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6836 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6837 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6839 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6841 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6842 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6843 :inherit Parent keymap.
6844 :group Ignored.
6845 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6846 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6848 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6850 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6851 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6852 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6853 the constant's documentation.
6855 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6857 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6858 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6859 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6861 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6863 ;;;***
6865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21607
6866 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
6867 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6869 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6870 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6871 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6872 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6874 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6875 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6876 as a top-level menu bar item.
6878 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6879 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6880 pairs:
6882 :filter FUNCTION
6883 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6884 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6885 items to actually display.
6887 :visible INCLUDE
6888 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6889 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6890 alias for `:visible'.
6892 :active ENABLE
6893 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6894 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6895 an alias for `:active'.
6897 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6898 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6900 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6902 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6904 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6905 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6907 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6908 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6910 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6912 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6914 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6915 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6917 :keys KEYS
6918 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6919 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6920 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6921 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6923 :key-sequence KEYS
6924 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6925 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6926 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6927 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6929 :active ENABLE
6930 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6931 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6932 alias for `:active'.
6934 :visible INCLUDE
6935 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6936 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6937 `:visible'.
6939 :label FORM
6940 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6941 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6943 :suffix FORM
6944 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6945 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6947 :style STYLE
6948 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6949 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6950 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6952 :selected SELECTED
6953 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6954 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6956 :help HELP
6957 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6959 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6960 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6961 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6963 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6964 MENU. This is a submenu.
6966 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6968 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6970 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6973 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6975 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6976 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6977 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6978 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6980 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6982 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6983 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6984 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6985 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6986 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6987 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6989 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6990 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6991 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6993 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6994 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6995 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6997 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6998 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7000 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7002 ;;;***
7004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21607 54478
7005 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
7006 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7007 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7009 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7010 Customization for ebnf group.
7012 \(fn)" t nil)
7014 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7015 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7017 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7019 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7020 processed.
7022 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7024 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7026 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7027 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7029 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7030 killed after process termination.
7032 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7034 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7036 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7037 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7039 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7040 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7041 it to the printer.
7043 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7044 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7045 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7046 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7048 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7050 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7051 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7052 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7054 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7056 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7057 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7059 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7061 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7062 processed.
7064 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7066 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7068 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7069 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7071 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7072 killed after process termination.
7074 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7076 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7078 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7079 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7080 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7081 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7083 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7085 \(fn)" t nil)
7087 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7088 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7089 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7091 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7093 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7095 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7096 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7098 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7100 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7101 processed.
7103 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7105 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7107 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7108 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7110 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7111 killed after EPS generation.
7113 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7115 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7117 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7118 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7120 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7121 The EPS file name has the following form:
7123 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7125 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7126 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7128 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7129 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7130 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7131 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7132 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7134 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7135 files.
7137 \(fn)" t nil)
7139 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7140 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7142 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7143 The EPS file name has the following form:
7145 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7147 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7148 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7150 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7151 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7152 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7153 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7154 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7156 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7157 files.
7159 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7161 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7163 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7164 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7166 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7168 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7169 are processed.
7171 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7173 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7175 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7176 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7178 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7179 killed after syntax checking.
7181 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7183 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7185 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7186 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7188 \(fn)" t nil)
7190 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7191 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7193 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7195 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7196 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7198 \(fn)" nil nil)
7200 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7201 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7203 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7205 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7207 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7208 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7210 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7212 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7214 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7215 Delete style NAME.
7217 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7219 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7221 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7222 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7224 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7226 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7228 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7229 Set STYLE as the current style.
7231 Returns the old style symbol.
7233 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7235 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7237 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7238 Reset current style.
7240 Returns the old style symbol.
7242 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7244 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7246 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7247 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7249 Returns the old style symbol.
7251 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7253 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7255 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7260 Returns the old style symbol.
7262 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7264 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7266 \(fn)" t nil)
7268 ;;;***
7270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21607 54478
7271 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
7272 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7274 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7275 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7276 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7277 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7278 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7279 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7281 Tree mode key bindings:
7282 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7284 \(fn)" t nil)
7286 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7287 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7289 \(fn)" t nil)
7291 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7292 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7294 \(fn)" t nil)
7296 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7297 View declaration of member at point.
7299 \(fn)" t nil)
7301 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7302 Find declaration of member at point.
7304 \(fn)" t nil)
7306 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7307 View definition of member at point.
7309 \(fn)" t nil)
7311 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7312 Find definition of member at point.
7314 \(fn)" t nil)
7316 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7317 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7319 \(fn)" t nil)
7321 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7322 View definition of member at point in other window.
7324 \(fn)" t nil)
7326 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7327 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7329 \(fn)" t nil)
7331 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7332 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7334 \(fn)" t nil)
7336 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7337 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7339 \(fn)" t nil)
7341 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7342 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7344 \(fn)" t nil)
7346 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7347 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7348 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7349 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7350 completion.
7352 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7355 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7356 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7357 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7359 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7361 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7362 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7363 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7364 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7366 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7368 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7369 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7370 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7372 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7375 Search for call sites of a member.
7376 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7377 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7378 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7379 looks like a function call to the member.
7381 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7383 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7384 Move backward in the position stack.
7385 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7387 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7389 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7390 Move forward in the position stack.
7391 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7393 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7395 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7396 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7398 \(fn)" t nil)
7400 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7401 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7403 \(fn)" t nil)
7405 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7406 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7407 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7408 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7410 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7412 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7413 Display statistics for a class tree.
7415 \(fn)" t nil)
7417 ;;;***
7419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21607 54477 800124
7420 ;;;;;; 118000))
7421 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7423 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7424 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7425 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7426 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7427 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7428 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7429 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7431 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7433 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7434 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7435 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7436 also has this effect.
7437 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7438 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7439 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7440 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7441 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7442 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7443 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7444 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7445 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7446 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7448 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7450 ;;;***
7452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21607 54477 800124
7453 ;;;;;; 118000))
7454 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7456 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7457 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7458 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7460 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7462 ;;;***
7464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21607 54478
7465 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
7466 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7468 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7471 \(fn)" nil nil)
7473 ;;;***
7475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
7476 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7477 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7479 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7480 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7481 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7482 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7483 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7484 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7486 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7488 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7489 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7490 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7491 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7492 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7494 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7495 an EDE controlled project.
7497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7499 ;;;***
7501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21607 54477
7502 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
7503 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7505 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7506 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7507 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7508 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7509 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7511 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7512 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7513 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7514 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7516 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7518 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7519 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7520 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7521 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7523 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7525 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7526 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7527 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7528 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7530 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7532 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7534 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7535 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7536 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7537 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7538 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7540 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7541 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7542 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7543 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7544 instrumented for Edebug.
7546 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7547 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7548 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7549 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7550 already is one.)
7552 \(fn)" t nil)
7554 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7555 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7557 \(fn)" t nil)
7559 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7560 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7562 \(fn)" t nil)
7564 ;;;***
7566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
7567 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7568 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7570 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7571 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7573 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7575 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7576 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7578 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7580 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7582 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7584 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7585 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7586 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7587 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7589 \(fn)" t nil)
7591 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7592 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7593 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7594 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7596 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7598 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7599 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7601 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7603 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7605 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7606 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7608 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7610 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7612 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7613 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7614 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7615 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7617 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7619 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7621 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7622 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7623 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7624 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7626 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7628 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7630 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7631 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7632 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7633 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7635 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7637 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7639 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7640 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7641 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7642 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7644 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7646 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7648 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7649 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7650 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7651 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7652 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7653 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7655 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7657 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7658 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7659 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7660 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7662 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7664 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7666 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7667 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7668 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7669 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7671 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7673 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7675 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7677 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7678 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7679 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7680 follows:
7681 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7682 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7684 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7686 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7687 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7688 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7689 follows:
7690 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7691 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7693 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7695 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7696 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7697 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7698 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7699 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7701 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7703 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7704 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7705 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7706 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7707 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7708 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7710 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7712 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7714 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7715 Merge two files without ancestor.
7717 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7719 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7720 Merge two files with ancestor.
7722 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7724 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7726 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7727 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7729 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7731 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7732 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7734 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7736 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7737 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7738 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7739 buffer.
7741 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7743 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7744 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7745 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7746 buffer.
7748 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7750 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7751 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7752 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7753 and don't ask the user.
7754 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7755 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7757 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7759 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7760 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7761 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7762 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7763 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7764 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7765 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7766 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7768 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7770 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7772 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7774 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7775 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7776 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7777 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7778 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7780 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7782 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7784 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7785 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7786 When called interactively, displays the version.
7788 \(fn)" t nil)
7790 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7791 Display Ediff's manual.
7792 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7794 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7796 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7799 \(fn)" nil nil)
7801 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7804 \(fn)" nil nil)
7806 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7809 \(fn)" nil nil)
7811 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7814 \(fn)" nil nil)
7816 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7819 \(fn)" nil nil)
7821 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7824 \(fn)" nil nil)
7826 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7829 \(fn)" nil nil)
7831 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7834 \(fn)" nil nil)
7836 ;;;***
7838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21607 54478
7839 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
7840 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7842 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7845 \(fn)" t nil)
7847 ;;;***
7849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21607 54478
7850 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
7851 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7853 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7854 Display Ediff's registry.
7856 \(fn)" t nil)
7858 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7860 ;;;***
7862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21607 54478
7863 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
7864 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7866 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7867 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7868 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7869 which see.
7871 \(fn)" t nil)
7873 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7874 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7875 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7876 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7878 \(fn)" t nil)
7880 ;;;***
7882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21607 54477 800124
7883 ;;;;;; 118000))
7884 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7885 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7887 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7888 Edit a keyboard macro.
7889 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7890 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7891 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7892 its command name.
7893 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7895 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7897 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7898 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7900 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7902 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7903 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7905 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7907 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7908 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7909 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7910 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7911 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7912 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7914 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7915 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7916 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7917 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7919 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7921 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7922 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7923 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7924 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7925 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7926 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7928 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7930 ;;;***
7932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21607 54477 800124
7933 ;;;;;; 118000))
7934 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7936 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7937 Set scroll margins.
7938 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7939 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7941 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7943 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7944 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7946 \(fn)" t nil)
7948 ;;;***
7950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21607 54477 800124 118000))
7951 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7953 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7954 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7955 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7956 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7957 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7958 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7959 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7961 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7962 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7964 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7965 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7966 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7967 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7969 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7970 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7971 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7973 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7974 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7975 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7977 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7979 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7982 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7984 ;;;***
7986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21607 54477
7987 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
7988 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
7989 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7991 ;;;***
7993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21607
7994 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
7995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
7996 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7998 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
7999 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8000 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8001 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8002 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8003 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8004 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8006 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8008 ;;;***
8010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21607 54477 800124
8011 ;;;;;; 118000))
8012 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8014 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8015 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8017 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8018 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8019 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8021 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8023 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8024 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8025 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8026 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8027 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8028 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8030 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8032 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8033 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8034 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8035 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8036 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8038 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8039 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8040 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8044 ;;;***
8046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21607 54477 800124
8047 ;;;;;; 118000))
8048 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8050 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8051 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8053 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8054 an elided material again.
8056 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8060 ;;;***
8062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21607 54477
8063 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
8064 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8066 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8067 Lint the file FILE.
8069 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8071 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8072 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8073 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8075 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8077 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8078 Lint the current buffer.
8079 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8081 \(fn)" t nil)
8083 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8084 Lint the function at point.
8085 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8087 \(fn)" t nil)
8089 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8090 Initialize elint.
8091 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8092 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8094 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8096 ;;;***
8098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21607 54477 800124
8099 ;;;;;; 118000))
8100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8102 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8103 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8104 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8106 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8108 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8109 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8110 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8111 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8113 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8115 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8116 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8117 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8119 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8121 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8123 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8124 Display current profiling results.
8125 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8126 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8127 displayed.
8129 \(fn)" t nil)
8131 ;;;***
8133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21607 54477 800124
8134 ;;;;;; 118000))
8135 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8137 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8138 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8139 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8140 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8141 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8142 ARG is omitted or nil.
8144 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8145 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8146 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8147 used instead.
8149 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8151 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8152 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8153 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8155 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8159 ;;;***
8161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21608 34742
8162 ;;;;;; 2253 811000))
8163 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8165 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8166 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8167 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8169 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8171 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8173 ;;;***
8175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21607 54478 800121
8176 ;;;;;; 42000))
8177 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8179 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8180 Run Emerge on two files.
8182 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8184 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8185 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8187 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8189 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8190 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8192 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8194 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8195 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8197 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8199 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8202 \(fn)" nil nil)
8204 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8207 \(fn)" nil nil)
8209 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8212 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8214 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8217 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8219 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8220 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8222 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8224 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8225 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8227 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8229 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8232 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8234 ;;;***
8236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21607 54478
8237 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
8238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8240 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8241 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8242 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8243 text/enriched format.
8245 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8246 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8247 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8249 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8251 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8252 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8254 Commands:
8256 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8260 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8263 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8265 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8268 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8270 ;;;***
8272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21624 22971 140149 848000))
8273 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8275 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8276 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8278 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8280 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8281 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8283 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8285 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8286 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8287 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8288 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8289 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8290 the keys are listed.
8291 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8293 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8295 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8296 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8297 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8299 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8301 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8302 Verify FILE.
8304 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8306 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8307 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8309 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8311 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8312 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8314 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8316 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8317 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8319 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8320 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8321 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8322 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8324 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8325 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8326 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8327 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8328 should consider using the string based counterpart
8329 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8330 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8332 For example:
8334 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8335 (decode-coding-string
8336 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8337 'utf-8))
8339 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8341 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8342 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8344 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8345 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8347 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8349 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8351 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8352 Verify the current region between START and END.
8354 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8355 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8356 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8357 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8358 should consider using the string based counterpart
8359 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8360 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8362 For example:
8364 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8365 (decode-coding-string
8366 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8367 'utf-8))
8369 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8371 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8373 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8374 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8375 between START and END.
8377 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8378 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8380 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8382 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8384 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8385 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8387 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8388 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8389 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8390 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8391 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8392 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8394 For example:
8396 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8397 (epg-sign-string
8398 context
8399 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8401 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8403 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8405 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8406 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8408 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8409 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8410 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8411 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8412 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8413 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8415 For example:
8417 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8418 (epg-encrypt-string
8419 context
8420 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8421 nil))
8423 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8425 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8427 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8428 Delete selected KEYS.
8430 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8432 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8433 Import keys from FILE.
8435 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8437 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8438 Import keys from the region.
8440 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8442 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8443 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8444 between START and END.
8446 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8448 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8449 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8451 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8453 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8454 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8456 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8458 ;;;***
8460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21607 54478 300138
8461 ;;;;;; 641000))
8462 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8464 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8465 Decrypt marked files.
8467 \(fn)" t nil)
8469 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8470 Verify marked files.
8472 \(fn)" t nil)
8474 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8475 Sign marked files.
8477 \(fn)" t nil)
8479 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8480 Encrypt marked files.
8482 \(fn)" t nil)
8484 ;;;***
8486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21611 10937 700236
8487 ;;;;;; 3000))
8488 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8490 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8493 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8495 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8498 \(fn)" t nil)
8500 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8503 \(fn)" t nil)
8505 ;;;***
8507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21607 54478 300138
8508 ;;;;;; 641000))
8509 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8511 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8512 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8514 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8515 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8520 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8521 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8523 \(fn)" t nil)
8525 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8527 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8528 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8529 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8531 \(fn)" t nil)
8533 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8535 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8536 Sign the current buffer.
8537 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8539 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8541 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8543 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8544 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8545 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8546 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8547 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8548 and also whether and how to sign.
8550 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8551 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8552 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8554 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8556 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8558 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8559 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8560 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8562 \(fn)" t nil)
8564 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8566 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8567 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8568 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8569 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8570 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8571 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8573 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8575 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8576 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8577 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8578 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8579 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8583 ;;;***
8585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21611 10937 700236 3000))
8586 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8587 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8589 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8590 Return a context object.
8592 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8594 ;;;***
8596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21607 54478 300138
8597 ;;;;;; 641000))
8598 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8600 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8601 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8603 \(fn)" nil nil)
8605 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8606 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8608 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8610 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8611 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8613 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8615 ;;;***
8617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
8618 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8620 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8621 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8623 \(fn)" nil nil)
8625 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8626 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8627 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8629 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8631 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8632 (server (erc-compute-server))
8633 (port (erc-compute-port))
8634 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8635 password
8636 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8638 That is, if called with
8640 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8642 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8643 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8644 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8646 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8648 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8650 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8651 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8652 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8654 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8656 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8657 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8658 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8659 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8661 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8663 ;;;***
8665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21607
8666 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
8667 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8668 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8670 ;;;***
8672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21607 54478
8673 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
8674 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8675 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8677 ;;;***
8679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21607 54478
8680 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
8681 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8682 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8684 ;;;***
8686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21607 54478
8687 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
8688 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8689 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8691 ;;;***
8693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21607 54478 300138
8694 ;;;;;; 641000))
8695 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8696 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8698 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8699 Parser for /dcc command.
8700 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8701 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8702 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8704 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8706 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8707 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8709 \(fn)" nil nil)
8711 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8712 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8714 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8715 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8716 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8717 that subcommand.
8719 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8721 ;;;***
8723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8724 ;;;;;; (21617 49721 420132 227000))
8725 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8726 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8728 ;;;***
8730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21607
8731 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
8732 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8734 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8735 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8737 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8739 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8740 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8741 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8742 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8744 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8746 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8749 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8751 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8752 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8754 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8756 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8757 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8759 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8761 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8762 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8764 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8766 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8767 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8769 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8771 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8772 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8774 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8776 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8777 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8779 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8781 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8782 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8784 \(fn)" nil nil)
8786 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8787 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8789 \(fn)" nil nil)
8791 ;;;***
8793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21607 54478 300138
8794 ;;;;;; 641000))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8796 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8798 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8799 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8800 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8802 \(fn)" nil nil)
8804 ;;;***
8806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21607 54478
8807 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
8808 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8809 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8811 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8812 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8813 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8814 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8815 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8816 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8817 system.
8819 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8821 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8824 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8826 ;;;***
8828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21607 54478
8829 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
8830 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8832 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8835 \(fn)" nil nil)
8837 ;;;***
8839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21607 54478 300138
8840 ;;;;;; 641000))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8842 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8844 ;;;***
8846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21607 54478 300138
8847 ;;;;;; 641000))
8848 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8849 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8851 ;;;***
8853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21607 54478 300138
8854 ;;;;;; 641000))
8855 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8856 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8858 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8859 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8860 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8861 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8862 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8863 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8865 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8867 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8868 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8869 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8870 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8872 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8873 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8874 automatically.
8876 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8877 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8879 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8881 ;;;***
8883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21607 54478
8884 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
8885 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8886 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8888 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8889 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8891 \(fn)" t nil)
8893 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8894 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8896 \(fn)" t nil)
8898 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8899 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8901 \(fn)" t nil)
8903 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8904 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8906 \(fn)" t nil)
8908 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8909 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8911 \(fn)" t nil)
8913 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8914 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8916 \(fn)" t nil)
8918 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8919 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8921 \(fn)" t nil)
8923 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8924 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8926 \(fn)" t nil)
8928 ;;;***
8930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21607 54478 300138
8931 ;;;;;; 641000))
8932 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8933 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8935 ;;;***
8937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21607
8938 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8940 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8942 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8943 Show who's gone.
8945 \(fn)" nil nil)
8947 ;;;***
8949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21607
8950 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
8951 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8953 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8954 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8955 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8956 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8958 \(fn)" nil nil)
8960 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8961 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8963 \(fn)" t nil)
8965 ;;;***
8967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21607 54478
8968 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
8969 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8970 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8972 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8973 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8974 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
8975 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8977 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8979 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8982 \(fn)" nil nil)
8984 ;;;***
8986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21607 54478 300138
8987 ;;;;;; 641000))
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8989 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8991 ;;;***
8993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21607
8994 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8996 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8998 ;;;***
9000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21607 54478
9001 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9003 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9005 ;;;***
9007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21607 54478 300138
9008 ;;;;;; 641000))
9009 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9010 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9012 ;;;***
9014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21607
9015 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
9016 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9017 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9019 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9020 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9022 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9024 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9025 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9026 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9028 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9030 ;;;***
9032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21607 54478
9033 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9035 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9037 ;;;***
9039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21607
9040 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
9041 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9043 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9044 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9045 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9047 \(fn)" t nil)
9049 ;;;***
9051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21607
9052 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
9053 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9054 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9056 ;;;***
9058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21607 54478
9059 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9061 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9063 ;;;***
9065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21607 54478
9066 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
9067 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9069 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9070 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9071 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9073 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9075 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9076 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9077 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9078 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9079 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9081 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9082 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9083 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9084 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9087 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9089 ;;;***
9091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21607
9092 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
9093 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9094 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9096 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9097 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9098 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9099 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9101 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9103 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9104 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9105 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9107 \(fn)" t nil)
9109 ;;;***
9111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21607 54478 300138
9112 ;;;;;; 641000))
9113 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9114 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9116 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9117 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9119 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9121 ;;;***
9123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21607 54477 800124
9124 ;;;;;; 118000))
9125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9127 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9128 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9130 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9131 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9133 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9134 useful for assertions in BODY.
9136 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9138 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9139 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9140 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9142 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9144 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9146 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9148 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9149 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9151 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9152 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9153 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9154 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9156 Returns the stats object.
9158 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9160 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9161 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9163 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9164 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9165 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9166 the tests).
9168 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9170 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9171 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9173 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9174 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9175 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9176 and how to display message.
9178 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9180 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9182 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9183 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9185 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9187 ;;;***
9189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21607 54477
9190 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
9191 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9193 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9195 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9196 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9198 \(fn)" t nil)
9200 ;;;***
9202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21607 54478
9203 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
9204 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9206 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9207 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9209 \(fn)" t nil)
9211 ;;;***
9213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21607 54478 300138
9214 ;;;;;; 641000))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9216 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9218 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9219 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9220 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9221 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9222 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9223 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9224 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9225 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9226 buffer selected (or created).
9228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9230 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9231 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9232 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9234 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9236 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9237 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9238 The result might be any Lisp object.
9239 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9240 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9241 corresponding to a successful execution.
9243 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9245 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9247 ;;;***
9249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21607 54478 800121
9250 ;;;;;; 42000))
9251 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9253 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9254 File name of tags table.
9255 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9256 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9257 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9258 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9259 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9261 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9262 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9263 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9264 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9266 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9268 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9269 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9270 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9271 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9272 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9273 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9275 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9277 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9278 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9279 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9281 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9283 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9284 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9285 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9286 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9287 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9289 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9291 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9292 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9293 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9294 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9296 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9298 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9299 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9300 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9301 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9302 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9304 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9306 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9307 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9309 \(fn)" t nil)
9311 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9312 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9313 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9314 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9316 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9317 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9318 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9319 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9320 file the tag was in.
9322 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9324 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9325 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9326 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9327 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9328 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9329 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9330 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9331 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9332 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9334 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9336 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9337 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9338 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9339 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9340 without directory names.
9342 \(fn)" nil nil)
9343 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9344 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9345 (progn
9346 (load "etags")
9347 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9349 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9350 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9351 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9352 but does not select the buffer.
9353 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9355 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9356 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9357 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9358 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9359 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9361 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9363 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9364 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9365 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9367 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9369 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9371 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9372 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9373 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9374 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9376 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9377 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9378 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9379 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9380 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9382 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9384 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9385 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9386 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9388 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9390 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9391 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9393 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9394 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9395 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9396 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9397 around or before point.
9399 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9400 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9401 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9402 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9403 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9405 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9407 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9408 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9409 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9411 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9413 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9414 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9416 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9417 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9418 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9419 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9420 around or before point.
9422 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9423 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9424 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9425 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9426 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9428 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9430 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9431 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9432 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9434 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9436 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9437 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9439 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9440 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9441 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9443 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9444 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9445 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9446 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9447 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9449 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9451 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9452 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9453 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9455 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9457 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9458 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9459 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9461 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9462 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9464 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9465 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9466 where they were found.
9468 \(fn)" t nil)
9470 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9471 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9473 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9474 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9475 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9477 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9478 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9480 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9481 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9483 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9485 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9486 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9487 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9488 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9490 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9491 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9492 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9493 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9494 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9496 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9497 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9499 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9500 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9501 Stops when a match is found.
9502 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9504 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9505 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9506 restricted to these files.
9508 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9510 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9512 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9513 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9514 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9515 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9516 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9517 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9518 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9519 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9521 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9522 produce the list of files to search.
9524 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9526 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9528 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9529 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9530 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9531 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9532 directory specification.
9534 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9536 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9537 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9539 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9541 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9542 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9543 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9544 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9546 \(fn)" t nil)
9548 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9549 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9550 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9551 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9552 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9554 \(fn)" t nil)
9556 ;;;***
9558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21607
9559 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
9560 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9562 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9565 \(fn)" nil nil)
9567 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9568 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9570 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9571 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9573 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9574 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9575 primary language.
9577 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9578 even if the buffer is read-only.
9580 See also the descriptions of the variables
9581 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9583 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9585 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9586 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9588 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9589 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9591 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9592 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9593 primary language.
9595 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9596 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9598 See also the descriptions of the variables
9599 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9601 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9603 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9604 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9605 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9606 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9608 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9610 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9611 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9612 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9613 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9615 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9616 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9617 primary language.
9619 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9620 buffer is read-only.
9622 See also the descriptions of the variables
9623 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9624 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9626 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9628 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9629 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9631 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9632 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9634 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9635 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9636 the primary language.
9638 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9639 buffer is read-only.
9641 See also the descriptions of the variables
9642 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9643 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9645 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9647 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9648 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9649 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9651 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9653 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9654 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9656 \(fn)" t nil)
9658 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9659 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9661 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9662 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9663 be 1, 2, or 3.
9665 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9666 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9667 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9669 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9671 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9673 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9674 This function is deprecated.
9676 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9678 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9679 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9681 \(fn)" t nil)
9683 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9684 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9686 \(fn)" t nil)
9688 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9689 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9691 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9692 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9694 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9695 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9697 \(fn)" nil nil)
9699 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9700 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9702 \(fn)" nil nil)
9704 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9705 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9707 \(fn)" nil nil)
9709 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9710 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9712 \(fn)" nil nil)
9714 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9715 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9716 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9718 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9720 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9723 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9725 ;;;***
9727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
9728 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9730 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9731 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9732 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9733 server for future sessions.
9735 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9737 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9738 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9739 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9741 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9743 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9744 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9745 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9747 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9749 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9750 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9751 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9752 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9753 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9754 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9755 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9756 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9757 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9758 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9759 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9760 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9762 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9764 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9765 Display a form to query the directory server.
9766 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9767 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9769 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9771 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9772 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9773 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9775 \(fn)" t nil)
9777 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9779 ;;;***
9781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21607 54478 300138
9782 ;;;;;; 641000))
9783 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9785 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9786 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9788 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9790 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9791 Display URL and make it clickable.
9793 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9795 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9796 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9798 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9800 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9801 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9803 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9805 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9806 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9808 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9810 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9811 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9813 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9815 ;;;***
9817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21607 54478
9818 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
9819 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9821 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9822 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9823 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9825 \(fn)" t nil)
9827 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9828 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9830 \(fn)" t nil)
9832 ;;;***
9834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21607
9835 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
9836 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9838 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9839 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9841 \(fn)" t nil)
9843 ;;;***
9845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21607 54477 800124
9846 ;;;;;; 118000))
9847 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9849 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9850 Create an empty ewoc.
9852 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9854 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9855 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9856 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9857 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9858 `insert-before-markers'.
9860 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9861 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9862 respectively, of the ewoc.
9864 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9865 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9866 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9868 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9870 ;;;***
9872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21628 44513 720130 219000))
9873 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9875 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9876 Fetch URL and render the page.
9877 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9878 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9880 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9881 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9883 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9884 Render a file using EWW.
9886 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9888 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
9889 Search the web for the text between the point and marker.
9890 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
9892 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
9894 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9897 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9899 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
9900 Display the bookmarks.
9902 \(fn)" t nil)
9904 ;;;***
9906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21607
9907 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
9908 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9910 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9911 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9912 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9914 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9916 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9917 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9918 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9919 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9920 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9922 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9924 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9925 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9926 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9927 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9928 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9929 executable.
9931 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9933 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9934 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9935 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9937 \(fn)" t nil)
9939 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9940 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9941 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9942 file modes.
9944 \(fn)" nil nil)
9946 ;;;***
9948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
9949 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9951 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9952 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
9953 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9954 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9956 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9958 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9959 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9960 to generate such functions.
9962 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9963 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9964 beginning of the expanded text.
9966 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9967 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9968 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9969 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9971 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9973 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9975 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9976 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9977 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9979 \(fn)" nil nil)
9981 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9982 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9983 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9985 \(fn)" t nil)
9987 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9988 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9989 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9991 \(fn)" t nil)
9992 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9993 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9995 ;;;***
9997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21607 54478 800121
9998 ;;;;;; 42000))
9999 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10001 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10002 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10003 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10005 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10006 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10007 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10009 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10011 Key definitions:
10012 \\{f90-mode-map}
10014 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10016 `f90-do-indent'
10017 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10018 `f90-if-indent'
10019 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10020 `f90-type-indent'
10021 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10022 `f90-program-indent'
10023 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10024 (default 2).
10025 `f90-associate-indent'
10026 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10027 `f90-critical-indent'
10028 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10029 `f90-continuation-indent'
10030 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10031 `f90-comment-region'
10032 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10033 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10034 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10035 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10036 (default \"!\").
10037 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10038 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10039 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10040 `f90-break-delimiters'
10041 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10042 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10043 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10044 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10045 (default t).
10046 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10047 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10048 `f90-smart-end'
10049 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10050 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10051 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10052 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10053 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10054 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10055 `f90-leave-line-no'
10056 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10058 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10059 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10061 \(fn)" t nil)
10063 ;;;***
10065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21607 54478 300138
10066 ;;;;;; 641000))
10067 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10069 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10070 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10071 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10072 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10074 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10075 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10076 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10077 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10078 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10080 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10081 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10082 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10083 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10084 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10085 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10086 attributes.
10088 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10089 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10091 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10093 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10094 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10095 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10096 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10098 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10100 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10101 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10102 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10103 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10105 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10106 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10107 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10109 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10110 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10111 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10112 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10114 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10116 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10117 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10118 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10120 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10121 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10122 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10123 the same amount).
10125 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10127 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10128 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10129 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10131 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10132 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10133 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10134 will remove any scaling currently active.
10136 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10138 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10139 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10140 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10142 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10143 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10144 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10145 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10146 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10148 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10149 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10151 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10153 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10154 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10156 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10157 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10158 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10160 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10161 the face height as long as the input event read
10162 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10164 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10165 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10166 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10167 will remove any scaling currently active.
10169 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10170 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10171 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10172 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10173 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10175 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10177 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10178 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10179 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10180 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10181 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10182 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10186 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10187 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10188 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10189 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10190 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10191 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10192 `buffer-face-mode'.
10194 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10195 local, and sets it to FACE.
10197 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10199 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10200 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10201 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10202 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10203 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10204 `face' text property.
10206 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10207 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10208 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10209 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10211 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10212 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10214 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10216 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10217 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10218 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10219 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10223 ;;;***
10225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21607 54478
10226 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
10227 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10228 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10230 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10231 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10232 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10233 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10235 \(fn)" nil nil)
10237 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10238 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10242 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10243 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10244 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10245 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10247 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10249 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10250 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10251 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10252 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10253 backup file names and the like).
10255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10257 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10258 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10259 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10260 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10261 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10262 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10263 internally by feedmail):
10265 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10266 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10267 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10268 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10270 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10271 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10272 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10273 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10274 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10276 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10278 ;;;***
10280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
10281 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10283 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10284 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10285 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10286 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10287 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10288 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10289 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10291 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10293 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10294 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10295 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10296 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10297 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10298 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10299 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10301 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10303 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10305 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10306 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10307 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10308 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10309 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10310 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10312 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10314 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10315 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10316 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10317 Return value:
10318 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10319 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10320 * otherwise, nil
10322 \(fn E)" t nil)
10324 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10325 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10326 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10328 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10330 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10331 Try to get a file name at point.
10332 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10334 \(fn)" nil nil)
10336 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10337 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10339 \(fn)" t nil)
10341 ;;;***
10343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21607 54478 300138
10344 ;;;;;; 641000))
10345 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10347 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10348 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10349 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10350 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10352 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10354 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10355 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10356 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10357 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10358 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10359 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10361 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10363 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10364 Add FILE to the file cache.
10366 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10368 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10369 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10370 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10372 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10374 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10375 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10376 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10378 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10380 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10381 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10382 This function does not use any external programs.
10383 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10384 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10385 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10387 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10389 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10390 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10391 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10392 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10393 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10394 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10395 \(directories) is done.
10397 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10399 ;;;***
10401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21607 54478 300138
10402 ;;;;;; 641000))
10403 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10405 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10406 Handle file system monitoring event.
10407 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10408 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10410 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10412 ;;;***
10414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21607 54478 300138
10415 ;;;;;; 641000))
10416 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10418 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10419 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10421 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10422 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10423 Local Variables list.
10425 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10426 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10427 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10429 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10431 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10432 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10434 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10436 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10437 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10439 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10440 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10441 the -*- line.
10443 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10444 then this function adds it.
10446 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10448 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10449 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10451 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10453 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10454 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10456 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10458 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10459 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10461 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10463 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10464 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10466 \(fn)" t nil)
10468 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10469 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10471 \(fn)" t nil)
10473 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10474 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10476 \(fn)" t nil)
10478 ;;;***
10480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21607 54478 300138
10481 ;;;;;; 641000))
10482 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10484 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10485 Filesets initialization.
10486 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10488 \(fn)" nil nil)
10490 ;;;***
10492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21607 54478 300138
10493 ;;;;;; 641000))
10494 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10495 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10497 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10498 Initiate the building of a find command.
10499 For example:
10501 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10502 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10503 (mtime \"+1\"))
10504 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10506 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10507 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10509 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10511 ;;;***
10513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21607 54478 300138
10514 ;;;;;; 641000))
10515 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10517 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10518 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10519 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10521 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10523 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10524 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10526 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10528 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10529 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10530 and run Dired on those files.
10531 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10532 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10534 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10536 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10538 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10540 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10541 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10542 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10544 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10545 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10547 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10548 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10550 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10552 ;;;***
10554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21607 54478 300138
10555 ;;;;;; 641000))
10556 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10558 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10559 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10560 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10561 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10562 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10563 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10564 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10566 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10568 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10569 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10570 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10572 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10574 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10576 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10578 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10579 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10580 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10582 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10583 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10585 Variables of interest include:
10587 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10588 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10589 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10591 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10592 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10593 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10595 - `ff-ignore-include'
10596 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10598 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10599 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10601 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10602 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10604 - `ff-special-constructs'
10605 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10606 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10607 extracting the filename from that construct.
10609 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10610 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10612 - `ff-search-directories'
10613 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10614 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10616 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10617 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10619 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10620 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10622 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10623 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10625 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10626 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10628 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10629 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10631 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10633 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10634 Visit the file you click on.
10636 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10638 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10639 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10641 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10643 ;;;***
10645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21607
10646 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
10647 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10649 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10650 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10651 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10653 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10655 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10656 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10657 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10658 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10660 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10661 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10662 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10663 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10665 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10667 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10668 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10670 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10671 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10672 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10673 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10675 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10676 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10677 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10679 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10680 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10681 in `load-path'.
10683 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10685 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10686 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10688 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10689 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10690 places point before the definition.
10691 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10693 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10694 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10695 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10697 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10699 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10700 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10702 See `find-function' for more details.
10704 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10706 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10707 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10709 See `find-function' for more details.
10711 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10713 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10714 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10716 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10717 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10718 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10720 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10721 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10723 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10725 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10726 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10728 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10729 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10730 places point before the definition.
10732 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10734 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10735 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10736 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10738 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10740 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10741 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10743 See `find-variable' for more details.
10745 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10747 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10748 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10750 See `find-variable' for more details.
10752 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10754 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10755 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10756 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10757 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10758 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10759 buffer nor display it.
10761 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10762 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10764 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10766 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10767 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10769 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10770 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10771 places point before the definition.
10773 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10775 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10776 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10777 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10779 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10781 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10782 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10783 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10785 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10787 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10788 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10790 \(fn)" t nil)
10792 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10793 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10795 \(fn)" t nil)
10797 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10798 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10800 \(fn)" nil nil)
10802 ;;;***
10804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21607 54478 300138
10805 ;;;;;; 641000))
10806 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10808 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10809 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10811 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10813 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10814 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10816 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10818 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10819 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10821 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10823 ;;;***
10825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
10826 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10827 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10829 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10830 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10832 \(fn)" t nil)
10834 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10835 Display FILE's commentary section.
10836 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10838 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10840 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10841 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10843 \(fn)" t nil)
10845 ;;;***
10847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21607 54478 300138
10848 ;;;;;; 641000))
10849 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10851 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10852 Toggle flow control handling.
10853 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10854 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10856 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10858 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10859 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10860 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10861 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10862 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10863 to get the effect of a C-q.
10865 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10867 ;;;***
10869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21607 54478
10870 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
10871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10873 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10876 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10878 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10881 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10883 ;;;***
10885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21607 54478
10886 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
10887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10888 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10890 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10891 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10892 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10893 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10894 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10895 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10899 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10900 Turn flymake mode on.
10902 \(fn)" nil nil)
10904 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10905 Turn flymake mode off.
10907 \(fn)" nil nil)
10909 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10912 \(fn)" nil nil)
10914 ;;;***
10916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21607 54478
10917 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
10918 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10920 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10921 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10923 \(fn)" t nil)
10924 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10926 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10927 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10928 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10929 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10930 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10932 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10933 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10934 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10936 Bindings:
10937 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10938 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10939 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10940 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10942 Hooks:
10943 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10945 Remark:
10946 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10947 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10948 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10950 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10951 consider adding:
10952 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10953 in your init file.
10955 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10956 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10960 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10961 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10963 \(fn)" nil nil)
10965 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10966 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10968 \(fn)" nil nil)
10970 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10971 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10973 \(fn)" nil nil)
10975 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10976 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10978 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10980 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10981 Flyspell whole buffer.
10983 \(fn)" t nil)
10985 ;;;***
10987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21607 54478 300138
10988 ;;;;;; 641000))
10989 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
10990 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
10992 ;;;***
10994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
10995 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10997 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10998 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11000 \(fn)" nil nil)
11002 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11003 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11005 \(fn)" nil nil)
11007 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11008 Toggle Follow mode.
11009 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11010 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11011 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11013 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11014 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11016 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11017 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11018 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11020 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11021 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11022 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11023 movement commands.
11025 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11026 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11027 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11028 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11029 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11030 mileage may vary).
11032 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11033 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11035 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11037 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11039 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11040 \\{follow-mode-map}
11042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11044 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11045 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11047 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11048 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11049 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11050 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11051 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11052 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11054 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11055 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11056 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11060 ;;;***
11062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21607 54478
11063 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11065 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11067 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11068 Toggle Footnote mode.
11069 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11070 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11071 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11073 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11074 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11075 play around with the following keys:
11076 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11080 ;;;***
11082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
11083 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11085 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11086 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11088 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11089 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11090 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11091 C-c < forms-first-record <
11092 C-c > forms-last-record >
11093 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11094 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11095 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11096 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11097 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11098 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11099 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11100 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11101 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11102 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11104 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11106 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11107 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11109 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11111 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11112 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11114 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11116 ;;;***
11118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21607 54478
11119 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
11120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11122 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11123 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11124 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11126 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11127 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11129 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11131 Key definitions:
11132 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11134 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11136 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11137 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11138 `fortran-do-indent'
11139 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11140 `fortran-if-indent'
11141 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11142 `fortran-structure-indent'
11143 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11144 (default 3)
11145 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11146 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11147 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11148 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11149 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11150 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11151 nil don't change the indentation
11152 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11153 value of either
11154 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11155 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11156 depending on the continuation format in use.
11157 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11158 indentation for a line of code.
11159 (default 'fixed)
11160 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11161 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11162 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11163 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11164 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11165 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11166 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11167 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11168 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11169 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11170 column 5.
11171 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11172 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11173 statements (default nil).
11174 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11175 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11176 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11177 `fortran-continuation-string'
11178 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11179 line (default \"$\").
11180 `fortran-comment-region'
11181 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11182 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11183 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11184 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11185 as typed (default t).
11186 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11187 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11189 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11190 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11192 \(fn)" t nil)
11194 ;;;***
11196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21607 54478 800121
11197 ;;;;;; 42000))
11198 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11200 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11201 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11203 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11204 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11206 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11208 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11209 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11211 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11212 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11214 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11216 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11217 Compile fortune file.
11219 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11220 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11222 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11224 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11225 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11227 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11228 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11229 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11230 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11232 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11234 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11235 Display a fortune cookie.
11236 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11237 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11238 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11239 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11241 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11243 ;;;***
11245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21607 54478 300138
11246 ;;;;;; 641000))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11249 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11250 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11251 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11253 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11254 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11255 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11257 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11258 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11260 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11261 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11263 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11264 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11265 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11266 intend to modify existing values, do
11268 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11270 before changing anything.
11272 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11273 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11275 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11276 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11277 to restore the frame.
11279 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11280 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11281 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11283 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11284 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11285 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11286 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11287 FILTER A filter function.
11289 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11290 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11292 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11294 where
11296 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11297 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11298 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11299 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11300 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11301 before restoring it.
11302 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11304 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11305 It must return:
11306 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11307 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11308 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11310 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11311 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11313 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11314 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11315 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11316 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11317 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11318 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11319 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11321 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11323 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11324 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11326 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11328 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11329 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11330 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11331 If nil, check all live frames.
11333 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11335 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11336 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11337 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11338 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11339 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11340 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11341 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11342 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11343 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11344 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11345 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11347 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11349 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11350 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11352 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11353 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11354 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11355 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11356 and window-state is not restored.
11358 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11359 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11361 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11362 t All existing frames can be reused.
11363 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11364 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11365 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11366 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11368 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11369 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11370 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11371 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11372 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11373 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11374 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11375 be created from that parameter alist.
11377 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11378 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11379 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11380 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11381 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11382 - the live frame just restored,
11383 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11384 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11385 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11387 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11388 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11389 nil Keep all frames.
11390 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11391 - FRAME, a live frame.
11392 - ACTION, which can be one of
11393 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11394 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11395 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11396 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11397 Return value is ignored.
11399 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11400 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11401 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11402 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11403 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11405 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11407 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11409 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11410 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11411 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11413 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11415 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11416 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11417 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11419 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11421 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11422 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11423 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11424 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11426 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11428 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11430 ;;;***
11432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21607 54478
11433 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
11434 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11435 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11437 ;;;***
11439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21607 54478
11440 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
11441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11443 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11444 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11445 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11447 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11449 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11450 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11451 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11452 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11453 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11454 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11455 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11459 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11460 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11461 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11462 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11464 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11465 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11466 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11467 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11468 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11470 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11471 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11472 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11473 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11475 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11476 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11477 shown in some of the buffers.
11479 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11481 The following commands help control operation :
11483 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11484 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11486 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11487 detailed description of this mode.
11490 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11491 | GDB Toolbar |
11492 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11493 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11494 | | |
11495 | | |
11496 | | |
11497 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11498 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11499 | | (comint-mode) |
11500 | | |
11501 | | |
11502 | | |
11503 | | |
11504 | | |
11505 | | |
11506 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11507 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11508 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11509 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11510 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11511 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11513 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11515 ;;;***
11517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21607 54477
11518 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
11519 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11521 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11522 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11523 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11524 instead (which see).")
11526 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11527 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11529 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11530 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11531 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11532 documentation string instead.
11534 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11535 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11536 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11537 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11538 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11539 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11540 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11541 enders are actually possible.
11543 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11544 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11546 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11547 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11548 `font-lock-keywords'.
11550 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11551 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11552 runs the macro expansion.
11554 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11555 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11556 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11558 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11560 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11562 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11564 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11566 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11567 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11569 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11571 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11572 Enter generic mode MODE.
11574 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11575 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11576 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11578 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11579 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11581 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11583 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11584 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11585 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11586 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11587 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11588 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11589 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11590 `font-lock-keywords'.
11592 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11594 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11596 ;;;***
11598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21607 54478
11599 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
11600 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11602 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11603 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11604 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11605 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11606 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11607 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11611 ;;;***
11613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21607 54478
11614 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11615 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11617 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11618 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11619 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11621 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11623 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11624 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11626 Guideline for numbers:
11627 1 - error messages
11628 3 - non-serious error messages
11629 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11630 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11631 9 - messages inside loops.
11633 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11635 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11636 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11637 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11639 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11641 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11642 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11644 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11646 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11647 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11649 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11650 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11651 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11652 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11653 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11654 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11656 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11657 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11658 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11659 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11660 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11662 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11664 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11666 ;;;***
11668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11670 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11671 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11672 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11674 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11675 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11679 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11680 Read network news.
11681 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11682 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11683 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11684 name of an NNTP server to use.
11685 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11686 server.
11688 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11690 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11691 Read news as a slave.
11693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11695 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11696 Pop up a frame to read news.
11697 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11698 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11699 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11700 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11701 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11702 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11703 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11704 current display is used.
11706 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11708 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11709 Read network news.
11710 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11711 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11712 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11714 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11716 ;;;***
11718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21607 54478
11719 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11720 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11722 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11723 Start Gnus unplugged.
11725 \(fn)" t nil)
11727 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11728 Start Gnus plugged.
11730 \(fn)" t nil)
11732 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11733 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11737 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11738 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11740 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11741 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11742 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11744 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11745 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11746 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11748 \(fn)" t nil)
11750 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11751 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11753 \(fn)" nil nil)
11755 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11756 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11757 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11758 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11759 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11760 supported.
11762 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11764 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11765 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11766 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11767 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11768 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11769 supported.
11771 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11773 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11774 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11776 \(fn)" nil nil)
11778 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11779 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11780 downloaded into the agent.
11782 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11784 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11785 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11786 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11787 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11789 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11791 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11792 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11794 \(fn)" t nil)
11796 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11797 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11799 \(fn)" t nil)
11801 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11802 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11803 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11805 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11807 ;;;***
11809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21623 2108 292281
11810 ;;;;;; 129000))
11811 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11813 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11814 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11816 \(fn)" nil nil)
11818 ;;;***
11820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21607
11821 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
11822 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11824 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11825 Set a bookmark for this article.
11827 \(fn)" t nil)
11829 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11830 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11832 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11834 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11835 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11836 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11837 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11838 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11840 \(fn)" t nil)
11842 ;;;***
11844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21607 54478
11845 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11846 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11848 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11849 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11851 Usage:
11852 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11854 \(fn)" t nil)
11856 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11857 Generate the cache active file.
11859 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11861 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11862 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11864 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11866 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11867 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11868 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11869 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11870 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11871 supported.
11873 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11875 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11876 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11877 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11878 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11879 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11880 supported.
11882 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11884 ;;;***
11886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21607 54478
11887 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11888 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11890 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11891 Delay this article by some time.
11892 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11894 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11895 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11897 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11898 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11900 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11901 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11903 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11905 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11906 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11908 \(fn)" t nil)
11910 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11911 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11912 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11913 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11915 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11916 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11918 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11920 ;;;***
11922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21607 54478
11923 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11924 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11926 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11929 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11931 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11934 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11936 ;;;***
11938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21607 54478
11939 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11940 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11942 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11943 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11945 \(fn)" t nil)
11947 ;;;***
11949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21607 54478
11950 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11951 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11953 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11954 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11956 \(fn)" t nil)
11958 ;;;***
11960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21607 54478
11961 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
11962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11964 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
11965 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
11967 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
11969 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
11971 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11972 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11974 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
11976 \(fn)" t nil)
11978 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11979 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11981 \(fn)" t nil)
11983 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11984 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
11986 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11987 different input formats.
11989 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11991 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11992 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
11994 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11995 different input formats.
11997 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11999 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12000 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12001 The PNG is returned as a string.
12003 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12005 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12006 Convert FILE to a Face.
12007 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12008 726 bytes.
12010 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12012 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12013 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12015 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12017 \(fn)" t nil)
12019 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12020 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12022 \(fn)" nil nil)
12024 ;;;***
12026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21607
12027 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
12028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12030 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12031 Display gravatar in the From header.
12032 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12034 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12036 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12037 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12038 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12040 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12042 ;;;***
12044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21607 54478
12045 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12048 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12049 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12050 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12051 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12053 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12055 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12056 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12058 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12060 ;;;***
12062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21607 54478
12063 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12066 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12069 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12071 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12074 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12076 ;;;***
12078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21607 54478
12079 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12080 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12082 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12084 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12085 Run batched scoring.
12086 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12088 \(fn)" t nil)
12090 ;;;***
12092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21607 54478 300138
12093 ;;;;;; 641000))
12094 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12096 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12099 \(fn)" nil nil)
12101 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12102 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12103 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12105 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12107 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12108 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12110 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12114 ;;;***
12116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21607 54478
12117 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12120 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12121 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12122 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12123 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12124 group parameters.
12126 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12127 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12128 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12129 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12131 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12132 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12133 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12134 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12135 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12136 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12137 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12138 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12139 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12140 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12142 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12144 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12145 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12146 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12147 nil CATCH-ALL).
12149 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12150 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12152 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12154 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12155 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12156 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12158 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12160 \(fn)" nil nil)
12162 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12163 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12164 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12166 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12168 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12169 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12170 existing groups are considered.
12172 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12173 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12174 returned.
12176 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12177 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12178 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12179 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12180 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12181 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12182 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12183 clauses will be generated.
12185 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12186 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12187 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12188 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12189 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12190 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12192 For example, given the following group parameters:
12194 nnml:mail.bar:
12195 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12196 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12197 nnml:mail.foo:
12198 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12199 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12200 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12201 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12202 nnml:mail.others:
12203 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12205 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12207 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12208 \"mail.bar\")
12209 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12210 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12211 \"mail.others\")
12213 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12215 ;;;***
12217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21607 54478
12218 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12221 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12222 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12223 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12224 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12225 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12226 instead.
12228 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12230 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12231 Mail to ADDRESS.
12233 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12235 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12236 Like `message-reply'.
12238 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12240 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12242 ;;;***
12244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12245 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 300138 641000))
12246 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12248 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12249 Send a notification on new message.
12250 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12251 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12252 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12254 This is typically a function to add in
12255 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12257 \(fn)" nil nil)
12259 ;;;***
12261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21607 54478
12262 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12265 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12266 Display picons in the From header.
12267 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12269 \(fn)" t nil)
12271 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12272 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12273 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12275 \(fn)" t nil)
12277 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12278 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12279 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12281 \(fn)" t nil)
12283 ;;;***
12285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21607 54478
12286 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12289 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12290 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12291 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12292 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12294 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12296 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12297 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12298 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12299 LIST1 is modified.
12301 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12303 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12304 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12305 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12307 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12309 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12312 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12314 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12315 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12316 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12318 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12320 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12321 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12322 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12324 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12326 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12328 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12329 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12330 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12332 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12334 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12335 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12336 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12338 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12340 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12341 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12342 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12344 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12346 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12347 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12349 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12351 ;;;***
12353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21607
12354 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
12355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12357 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12358 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12360 \(fn)" t nil)
12362 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12363 Install the registry hooks.
12365 \(fn)" t nil)
12367 ;;;***
12369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21607 54478
12370 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12373 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12374 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12375 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12376 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12377 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12378 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12380 \(fn)" t nil)
12382 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12383 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12384 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12385 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12386 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12388 \(fn)" t nil)
12390 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12393 \(fn)" t nil)
12395 ;;;***
12397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21607 54478
12398 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12401 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12402 Update the format specification near point.
12404 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12406 ;;;***
12408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21620 25920
12409 ;;;;;; 601566 783000))
12410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12412 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12413 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12415 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12417 ;;;***
12419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21623 2108 292281
12420 ;;;;;; 129000))
12421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12423 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12424 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12425 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12427 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12429 ;;;***
12431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21607 54478
12432 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12435 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12436 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12438 \(fn)" t nil)
12440 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12441 Install the sync hooks.
12443 \(fn)" t nil)
12445 ;;;***
12447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21607 54478
12448 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12451 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12452 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12454 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12456 ;;;***
12458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21620 46140 530123
12459 ;;;;;; 341000))
12460 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12462 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12463 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12464 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12465 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12466 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12467 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12469 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12471 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12473 ;;;***
12475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21607 54478 800121
12476 ;;;;;; 42000))
12477 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12479 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12480 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12482 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12483 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12484 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12486 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12487 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12488 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12490 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12491 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12493 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12494 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12496 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12498 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12500 ;;;***
12502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21607 54478
12503 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12504 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12506 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12508 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12509 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12510 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12511 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12512 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12514 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12516 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12517 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12518 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12519 or to send e-mail.
12520 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12521 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12523 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12524 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12526 \(fn)" t nil)
12527 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12529 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12530 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12531 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12532 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12533 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12537 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12538 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12542 ;;;***
12544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21607 54478
12545 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12546 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12548 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12549 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12550 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12552 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12554 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12555 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12557 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12559 ;;;***
12561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21612 31801 50825
12562 ;;;;;; 711000))
12563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12565 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12566 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12568 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12570 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12571 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12572 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12573 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12574 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12576 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12577 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12578 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12580 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12582 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12583 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12584 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12585 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12586 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12588 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12590 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12591 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12593 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12595 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12596 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12598 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12599 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12600 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12602 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12603 The default find program.
12604 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12605 and others.")
12607 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12608 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12609 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12610 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12612 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12613 How to invoke find and grep.
12614 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12615 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12616 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12617 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12619 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12621 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12622 History list for grep.")
12624 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12625 History list for grep-find.")
12627 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12628 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12629 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12631 \(fn)" nil nil)
12633 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12636 \(fn)" nil nil)
12638 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12639 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12641 \(fn)" nil nil)
12643 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12644 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12645 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12646 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12647 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12649 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12650 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12652 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12653 can easily repeat a grep command.
12655 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12656 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12657 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12658 list is empty).
12660 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12662 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12663 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12664 Collect output in a buffer.
12665 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12666 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12668 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12669 easily repeat a find command.
12671 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12673 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12675 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12676 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12677 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12678 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12679 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12681 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12682 before it is executed.
12683 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12685 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12686 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12687 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12689 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12691 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12693 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12694 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12695 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12696 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12697 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12699 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12700 before it is executed.
12701 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12703 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12704 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12705 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12706 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12708 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12710 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12711 to specify a command to run.
12713 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12715 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12716 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12717 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12718 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12720 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12722 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12724 ;;;***
12726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
12727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12729 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12730 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12731 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12732 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12733 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12735 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12737 ;;;***
12739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21607 54478 800121
12740 ;;;;;; 42000))
12741 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12743 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12744 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12745 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12746 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12748 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12750 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12751 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12752 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12753 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12755 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12757 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12758 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12759 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12760 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12762 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12764 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12765 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12766 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12767 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12769 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12770 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12772 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12774 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12775 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12776 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12777 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12779 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12781 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12782 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12783 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12784 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12786 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12788 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12789 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12790 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12791 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12793 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12795 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12796 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12797 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12798 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12799 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12801 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12802 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12803 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12804 original source file access method.
12806 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12807 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12809 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12811 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12812 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12814 \(fn)" t nil)
12816 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12817 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12818 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12821 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12823 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12825 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12826 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12827 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12828 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12829 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12833 ;;;***
12835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21607 54477 800124
12836 ;;;;;; 118000))
12837 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12839 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12840 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12841 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12842 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12843 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12844 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12845 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12846 set it to.
12847 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12849 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12851 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12852 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12853 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12854 of PLACE.
12855 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12856 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12857 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12858 and SETTER.
12859 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12860 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12862 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12864 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12866 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12867 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12868 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12869 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12870 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12872 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12874 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12876 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12879 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12881 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12883 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12885 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12886 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12887 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12888 well for simple place forms.
12889 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12890 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12891 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12892 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12893 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12894 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12895 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12897 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12899 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12901 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12902 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12903 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12904 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12905 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12907 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12908 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12909 (let ((temp VAL))
12910 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12911 temp)
12912 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12914 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12916 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12917 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12918 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12919 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12920 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12921 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12923 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12925 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12927 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12928 Return a reference to PLACE.
12929 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12930 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12931 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12932 binding mode.
12934 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12936 ;;;***
12938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21607 54478
12939 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
12940 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12942 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12943 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12944 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12945 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12947 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12948 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12949 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12950 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12952 \(fn)" t nil)
12954 ;;;***
12956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21607 54478 800121
12957 ;;;;;; 42000))
12958 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12960 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12961 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12963 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12965 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12966 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12967 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12968 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12970 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12972 \(fn)" t nil)
12974 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12975 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12976 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12977 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12978 to be updated.
12980 \(fn)" t nil)
12982 ;;;***
12984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21607 54478
12985 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
12986 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12988 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12989 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12991 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12993 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12994 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12995 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12997 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12999 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13000 Verify a hashcash payment
13002 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13004 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13005 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13006 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13007 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13008 `mail-add-payment-async').
13010 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13012 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13013 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13014 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13015 Calculation is asynchronous.
13017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13019 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13020 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13021 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13025 ;;;***
13027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21607 54478 300138
13028 ;;;;;; 641000))
13029 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13031 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13032 Return the help-echo string at point.
13033 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13034 property, or nil, is returned.
13035 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13036 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13037 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13039 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13041 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13042 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13043 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13044 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13045 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13047 \(fn)" nil nil)
13049 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13050 Display local help in the echo area.
13051 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13052 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13053 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13054 printed instead.
13056 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13057 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13058 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13062 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13063 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13064 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13066 \(fn)" t nil)
13068 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13069 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13070 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13072 \(fn)" t nil)
13074 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13075 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13076 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13077 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13078 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13079 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13080 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13081 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13082 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13083 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13084 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13086 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13087 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13088 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13089 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13090 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13092 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13093 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13094 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13095 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13096 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13097 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13098 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13099 The default is `never'.")
13101 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13103 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13104 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13105 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13106 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13107 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13108 considered different regions.
13110 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13111 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13112 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13113 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13114 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13115 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13116 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13117 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13118 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13120 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13122 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13123 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13124 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13125 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13126 different regions.
13128 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13129 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13130 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13131 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13132 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13133 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13134 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13135 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13137 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13138 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13139 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13140 rarely happens in practice.
13142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13144 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13145 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13146 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13147 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13148 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13149 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13153 ;;;***
13155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21607 54478 300138
13156 ;;;;;; 641000))
13157 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13159 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13160 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13162 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13164 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13165 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13166 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13168 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13170 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13171 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13172 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13173 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13174 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13175 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13176 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13177 search for a function definition.
13179 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13180 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13181 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13182 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13183 suitable file is found, return nil.
13185 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13187 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13190 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13192 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13193 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13194 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13195 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13197 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13199 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13200 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13201 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13202 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13203 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13204 it is displayed along with the global value.
13206 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13208 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13209 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13210 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13211 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13213 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13215 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13216 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13217 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13218 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13219 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13221 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13223 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13224 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13226 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13228 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13229 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13231 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13233 ;;;***
13235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21607 54478 300138
13236 ;;;;;; 641000))
13237 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13239 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13240 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13241 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13242 window listing and describing the options.
13243 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13244 gives the window that lists the options.")
13246 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13248 ;;;***
13250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21607 54478 300138
13251 ;;;;;; 641000))
13252 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13254 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13255 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13256 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13257 Commands:
13258 \\{help-mode-map}
13260 \(fn)" t nil)
13262 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13265 \(fn)" nil nil)
13267 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13270 \(fn)" nil nil)
13272 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13273 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13275 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13276 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13277 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13278 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13280 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13281 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13282 restore it properly when going back.
13284 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13286 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13287 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13288 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13289 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13290 from `help-mode'.
13291 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13292 it does not already exist.
13294 \(fn)" nil nil)
13296 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13297 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13299 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13300 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13301 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13302 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13303 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13304 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13305 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13306 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13308 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13309 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13310 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13311 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13313 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13314 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13315 that.
13317 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13319 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13320 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13321 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13322 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13323 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13324 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13326 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13328 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13329 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13330 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13331 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13332 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13334 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13336 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13337 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13339 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13341 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13342 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13343 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13344 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13346 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13348 ;;;***
13350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21607 54477
13351 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
13352 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13354 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13355 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13357 \(fn)" t nil)
13359 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13360 Provide help for current mode.
13362 \(fn)" t nil)
13364 ;;;***
13366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
13367 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13369 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13370 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13371 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13372 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13373 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13375 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13376 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13378 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13379 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13380 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13381 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13383 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13384 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13385 periods.
13387 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13388 in hexl format.
13390 A sample format:
13392 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13393 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13394 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13395 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13396 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13397 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13398 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13399 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13400 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13401 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13402 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13403 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13404 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13405 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13406 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13408 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13409 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13410 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13412 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13413 also supported.
13415 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13417 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13418 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13419 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13421 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13422 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13423 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13425 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13426 into the buffer at the current point.
13428 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13429 into the buffer at the current point.
13431 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13432 into the buffer at the current point.
13434 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13436 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13437 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13439 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13441 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13445 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13446 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13447 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13448 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13450 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13452 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13453 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13454 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13456 \(fn)" t nil)
13458 ;;;***
13460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21607 54478 300138
13461 ;;;;;; 641000))
13462 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13464 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13465 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13466 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13467 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13468 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13470 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13471 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13472 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13473 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13475 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13476 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13477 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13478 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13480 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13481 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13482 which can be called interactively, are:
13484 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13485 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13487 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13488 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13489 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13490 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13492 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13493 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13495 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13496 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13497 available face automatically.
13499 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13500 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13502 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13503 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13504 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13505 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13506 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13507 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13508 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13509 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13510 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13511 function returns t.
13513 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13514 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13516 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13517 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13518 form:
13519 Hi-lock: FOO
13521 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13522 position (number of characters into buffer)
13523 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13524 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13525 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13529 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13530 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13531 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13534 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13536 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13538 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13539 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13540 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13541 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13542 ARG is omitted or nil.
13544 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13545 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13546 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13550 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13552 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13553 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13554 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13555 Use the global history list for FACE.
13557 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13558 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13559 highlighting will not update as you type.
13561 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13563 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13565 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13566 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13567 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13568 Use the global history list for FACE.
13570 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13571 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13572 highlighting will not update as you type.
13574 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13576 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13578 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13579 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13580 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13581 Use the global history list for FACE.
13583 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13584 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13585 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13587 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13588 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13589 highlighting will not update as you type.
13591 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13593 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13595 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13596 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13597 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13598 unless you use a prefix argument.
13599 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13601 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13602 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13604 \(fn)" t nil)
13606 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13608 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13609 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13610 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13611 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13612 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13613 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13615 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13617 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13618 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13620 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13621 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13622 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13624 \(fn)" t nil)
13626 ;;;***
13628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21607 54478
13629 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
13630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13632 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13633 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13634 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13635 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13636 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13638 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13639 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13640 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13641 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13643 `hide-ifdef-env'
13644 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13645 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13646 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13647 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13648 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13649 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13650 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13652 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13653 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13654 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13655 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13656 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13658 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13659 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13660 #endif lines when hiding.
13662 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13663 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13664 is activated.
13666 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13667 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13668 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13670 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13674 ;;;***
13676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21607 54478
13677 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
13678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13680 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13681 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13682 Each element has the form
13683 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13685 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13686 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13688 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13689 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13691 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13692 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13693 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13694 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13695 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13696 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13698 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13699 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13701 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13702 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13704 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13705 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13706 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13708 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13709 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13711 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13712 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13714 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13715 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13716 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13718 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13719 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13720 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13722 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13723 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13725 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13727 Key bindings:
13728 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13732 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13733 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13735 \(fn)" nil nil)
13737 ;;;***
13739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21607 54478 300138
13740 ;;;;;; 641000))
13741 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13743 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13744 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13745 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13746 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13747 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13749 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13750 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13751 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13752 this on and off.
13754 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13755 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13756 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13757 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13758 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13759 through various faces.
13760 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13761 buffer with the contents of a file
13762 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13766 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13767 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13768 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13769 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13770 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13772 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13773 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13774 in a distinctive face.
13776 The default value can be customized with variable
13777 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13779 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13783 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13784 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13785 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13787 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13789 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13790 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13792 \(fn)" t nil)
13794 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13795 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13797 \(fn)" t nil)
13799 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13800 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13802 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13803 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13804 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13805 shown in the last face in the list.
13807 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13808 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13809 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13811 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13813 \(fn)" t nil)
13815 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13816 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13818 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13820 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13821 to save the file.
13823 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13824 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13826 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13827 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13828 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13830 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13832 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13833 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13835 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13836 this function is called interactively.
13838 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13839 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13840 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13842 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13843 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13844 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13846 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13848 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13849 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13850 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13852 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13853 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13855 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13857 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13858 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13859 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13860 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13861 ARG is omitted or nil.
13863 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13864 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13865 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13867 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13869 ;;;***
13871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21607 54478 300138
13872 ;;;;;; 641000))
13873 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13874 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13876 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13877 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13878 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13879 or insert functions in this list.")
13881 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13883 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13884 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13885 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13886 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13887 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13888 expansions.
13889 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13890 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13891 undoes the expansion.
13893 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13895 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13896 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13897 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13898 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13900 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13902 ;;;***
13904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21607 54478 300138
13905 ;;;;;; 641000))
13906 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13908 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13909 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13910 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13911 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13912 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13914 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13915 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13916 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13917 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13918 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13919 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13921 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13922 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13923 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13924 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13928 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13929 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13930 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13931 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13932 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13933 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13935 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13937 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13938 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13939 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13940 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13941 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13943 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13944 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13945 windows.
13947 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13948 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13952 ;;;***
13954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21607 54477
13955 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
13956 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13958 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13959 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13960 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13962 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13964 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13966 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13967 Oriental holidays.
13968 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13970 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13972 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13974 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13975 Local holidays.
13976 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13978 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13980 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13982 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13983 User defined holidays.
13984 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13986 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13988 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13990 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13991 Jewish holidays.
13992 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13994 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13996 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13998 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13999 Christian holidays.
14000 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14002 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14004 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14006 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14007 Islamic holidays.
14008 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14010 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14012 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14014 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14015 Bahá'í holidays.
14016 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14018 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14020 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14022 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14023 Sun-related holidays.
14024 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14026 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14028 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14030 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14032 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14033 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14034 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14035 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14039 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14040 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14041 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14042 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14043 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14045 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14046 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14048 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14049 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14051 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14052 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14053 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14054 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14055 of a holiday list.
14057 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14059 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14061 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14063 ;;;***
14065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21607 54478
14066 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
14067 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14069 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14070 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14072 \(fn)" t nil)
14074 ;;;***
14076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21607 54478
14077 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
14078 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14079 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14081 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14082 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14083 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14084 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14085 as possible.
14087 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14088 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14089 fontified display.
14091 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14092 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14094 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14095 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14096 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14098 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14100 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14101 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14102 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14104 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14106 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14108 ;;;***
14110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21607 54478 300138
14111 ;;;;;; 641000))
14112 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14114 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14115 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14117 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14118 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14119 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14121 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14122 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14123 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14124 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14125 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14126 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14128 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14129 title of the column.
14131 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14132 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14133 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14134 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14135 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14137 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14139 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14140 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14141 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14142 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14143 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14145 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14146 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14147 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14149 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14151 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14152 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14153 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14154 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14155 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14156 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14158 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14159 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14160 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14161 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14162 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14163 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14164 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14165 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14166 values are:
14167 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14168 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14169 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14170 buffer's modification flag.
14171 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14172 prompted before performing this operation.
14173 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14174 operation is complete, in the form:
14175 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14176 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14177 confirmation message, in the form:
14178 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14179 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14180 macro for exactly what it does.
14182 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14184 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14185 Define a filter named NAME.
14186 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14187 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14188 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14190 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14191 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14192 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14193 bound to the current value of the filter.
14195 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14197 ;;;***
14199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21607 54478 300138
14200 ;;;;;; 641000))
14201 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14203 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14204 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14205 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14206 buffers which are visiting a file.
14208 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14210 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14211 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14212 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14213 buffers which are visiting a file.
14215 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14217 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14218 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14219 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14221 All arguments are optional.
14222 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14223 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14224 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14225 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14226 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14227 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14228 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14229 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14230 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14231 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14232 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14233 that value locally in this buffer.
14235 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14237 ;;;***
14239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21611
14240 ;;;;;; 10937 700236 3000))
14241 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14242 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14244 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14245 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14246 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14247 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14249 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14251 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14252 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14253 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14254 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14255 ICAL-FILENAME.
14256 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14257 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14258 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14260 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14262 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14263 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14264 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14265 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14266 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14267 non-marking or not.
14269 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14271 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14272 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14274 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14275 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14276 DIARY-FILE.
14278 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14279 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14280 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14282 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14283 non-marking.
14285 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14286 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14287 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14289 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14291 ;;;***
14293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21607 54478 300138
14294 ;;;;;; 641000))
14295 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14297 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14298 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14299 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14301 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14302 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14304 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14306 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14307 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14308 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14309 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14310 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14312 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14313 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14314 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14315 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14317 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14318 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14320 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14321 completions:
14323 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14326 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14327 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14328 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14329 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14331 ;;;***
14333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21607 54478 800121
14334 ;;;;;; 42000))
14335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14337 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14338 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14339 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14340 Tab indents for Icon code.
14341 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14342 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14343 \\{icon-mode-map}
14344 Variables controlling indentation style:
14345 icon-tab-always-indent
14346 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14347 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14348 icon-auto-newline
14349 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14350 inserted in Icon code.
14351 icon-indent-level
14352 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14353 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14354 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14355 icon-continued-statement-offset
14356 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14357 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14358 icon-continued-brace-offset
14359 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14360 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14361 icon-brace-offset
14362 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14363 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14364 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14365 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14367 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14368 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14370 \(fn)" t nil)
14372 ;;;***
14374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21607
14375 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
14376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14378 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14379 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14380 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14381 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14383 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14384 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14385 separate frames.
14387 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14388 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14390 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14391 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14392 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14394 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14396 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14398 ;;;***
14400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21607 54478
14401 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
14402 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14403 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14405 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14406 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14408 The main features of this mode are
14410 1. Indentation and Formatting
14411 --------------------------
14412 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14413 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14415 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14416 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14417 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14418 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14420 Comments are indented as follows:
14422 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14423 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14424 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14426 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14428 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14429 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14430 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14431 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14432 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14433 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14435 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14436 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14437 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14438 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14440 2. Routine Info
14441 ------------
14442 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14443 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14444 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14445 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14446 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14447 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14448 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14449 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14450 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14451 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14453 3. Online IDL Help
14454 ---------------
14456 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14457 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14458 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14459 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14461 4. Completion
14462 ----------
14463 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14464 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14465 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14466 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14467 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14468 upper case.
14470 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14471 --------------------------------
14472 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14473 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14475 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14476 \\fu FUNCTION template
14477 \\c CASE statement template
14478 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14479 \\f FOR loop template
14480 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14481 \\w WHILE loop template
14482 \\i IF statement template
14483 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14484 \\b BEGIN
14486 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14487 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14489 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14490 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14491 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14492 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14494 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14495 -------------------------
14496 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14497 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14499 7. Automatic END completion
14500 ------------------------
14501 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14502 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14504 8. Hooks
14505 -----
14506 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14507 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14509 9. Documentation and Customization
14510 -------------------------------
14511 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14512 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14513 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14514 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14515 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14516 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14518 10.Keybindings
14519 -----------
14520 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14521 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14522 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14524 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14526 \(fn)" t nil)
14528 ;;;***
14530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21612 31801 50825 711000))
14531 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14533 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14534 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14535 The following values are possible:
14536 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14537 displaying...)
14538 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14539 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14540 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14543 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14545 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14547 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14548 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14549 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14550 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14551 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14552 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14553 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14554 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14555 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14559 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14560 Switch to another buffer.
14561 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14562 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14563 in another frame.
14565 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14566 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14567 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14568 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14569 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14571 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14572 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14574 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14576 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14577 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14578 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14579 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14580 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14581 in a separate window.
14582 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14583 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14584 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14585 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14586 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14587 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14588 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14589 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14590 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14592 \(fn)" t nil)
14594 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14595 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14596 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14597 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14599 \(fn)" t nil)
14601 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14602 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14603 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14604 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14606 \(fn)" t nil)
14608 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14609 Kill a buffer.
14610 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14611 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14613 \(fn)" t nil)
14615 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14616 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14617 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14618 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14620 \(fn)" t nil)
14622 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14623 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14624 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14625 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14627 \(fn)" t nil)
14629 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14630 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14632 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14634 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14635 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14636 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14637 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14638 in another frame.
14640 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14641 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14642 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14643 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14644 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14645 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14647 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14648 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14650 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14652 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14653 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14654 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14655 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14656 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14657 in a separate window.
14658 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14659 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14660 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14661 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14662 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14663 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14664 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14665 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14666 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14667 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14668 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14669 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14670 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14671 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14672 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14673 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14674 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14675 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14677 \(fn)" t nil)
14679 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14680 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14681 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14682 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14684 \(fn)" t nil)
14686 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14687 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14688 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14689 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14691 \(fn)" t nil)
14693 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14694 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14695 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14696 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14698 \(fn)" t nil)
14700 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14701 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14702 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14703 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14705 \(fn)" t nil)
14707 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14708 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14709 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14710 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14712 \(fn)" t nil)
14714 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14715 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14716 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14717 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14719 \(fn)" t nil)
14721 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14722 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14723 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14724 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14726 \(fn)" t nil)
14728 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14729 Write current buffer to a file.
14730 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14731 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14733 \(fn)" t nil)
14735 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14736 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14737 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14738 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14740 \(fn)" t nil)
14742 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14743 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14744 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14745 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14747 \(fn)" t nil)
14749 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14750 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14751 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14752 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14753 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14754 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14756 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14758 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14759 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14760 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14761 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14763 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14765 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14766 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14767 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14768 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14770 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14772 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14773 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14774 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14775 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14776 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14777 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14778 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14779 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14780 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14781 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14782 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14783 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14784 with point positioned at the end.
14785 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14786 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14788 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14790 ;;;***
14792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
14793 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14795 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14796 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14797 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14798 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14800 \(fn)" t nil)
14802 ;;;***
14804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
14805 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14807 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14809 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14810 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14812 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14813 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14814 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14818 ;;;***
14820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
14821 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14823 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14824 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14825 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14826 be determined.
14828 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14830 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14831 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14832 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14833 be determined.
14835 \(fn)" nil nil)
14837 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14838 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14839 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14840 be determined.
14842 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14844 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14845 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14846 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14847 be determined.
14849 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14851 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14852 Determine and return image type.
14853 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14854 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14855 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14856 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14857 use its file extension as image type.
14858 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14860 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14862 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14863 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14864 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14866 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14868 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14869 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14870 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14872 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14873 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14874 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14875 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14876 must be available.
14878 \(fn)" nil nil)
14880 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14881 Create an image.
14882 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14883 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14884 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14885 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14886 use its file extension as image type.
14887 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14888 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14889 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14890 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14892 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14894 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14895 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14896 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14898 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14900 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14901 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14902 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14903 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14904 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14905 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14906 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14907 POS may be an integer or marker.
14908 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14909 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14910 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14911 means display it in the right marginal area.
14913 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14915 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14916 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14917 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14918 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14919 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14920 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14921 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14922 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14923 means display it in the right marginal area.
14924 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14925 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14926 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14927 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14928 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14930 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14932 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14933 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14934 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14935 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14936 STRING is a single space.
14937 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14938 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14939 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14940 means display it in the right marginal area.
14941 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14943 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14945 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14946 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14947 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14948 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14950 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14952 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14953 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14955 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14957 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14958 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14959 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14960 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14961 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14962 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14963 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14964 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14965 satisfied.
14967 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14969 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14971 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14973 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14974 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
14976 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14977 documentation string.
14979 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14980 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14981 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14982 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14983 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14984 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14985 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14986 define SYMBOL.
14988 Example:
14990 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14991 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14993 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
14995 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14997 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14998 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14999 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15000 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15002 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15003 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15004 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15005 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15007 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15009 \(fn)" nil nil)
15011 ;;;***
15013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21607 54478
15014 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
15015 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15016 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15018 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15019 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15020 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15021 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15022 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15023 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15027 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15028 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15030 Convenience command that:
15032 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15033 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15034 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15036 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15037 image files in dired and type
15038 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15040 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15042 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15043 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15045 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15047 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15048 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15049 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15050 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15051 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15052 another one).
15054 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15055 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15056 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15058 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15059 instead of erasing it first.
15061 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15062 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15063 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15064 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15065 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15066 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15068 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15070 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15071 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15072 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15073 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15074 displayed.
15076 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15078 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15080 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15082 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15083 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15085 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15087 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15088 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15089 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15091 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15093 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15094 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15096 \(fn)" t nil)
15098 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15099 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15100 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15101 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15103 \(fn)" t nil)
15105 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15106 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15108 \(fn)" t nil)
15110 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15111 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15113 \(fn)" t nil)
15115 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15116 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15118 \(fn)" t nil)
15120 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15121 Display current image file.
15122 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15123 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15127 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15128 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15130 \(fn)" t nil)
15132 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15133 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15134 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15135 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15136 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15137 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15138 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15140 \(fn)" t nil)
15142 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15143 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15144 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15145 easy-to-use form.
15147 \(fn)" t nil)
15149 ;;;***
15151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21607 54478 300138
15152 ;;;;;; 641000))
15153 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15155 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15156 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15157 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15158 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15160 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15161 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15162 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15163 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15165 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15167 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15168 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15169 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15170 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15172 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15173 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15174 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15175 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15177 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15179 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15180 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15182 \(fn)" nil nil)
15184 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15185 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15186 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15187 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15189 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15191 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15192 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15193 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15194 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15195 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15196 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15198 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15200 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15201 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15202 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15203 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15204 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15206 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15207 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15208 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15212 ;;;***
15214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21607 54478 300138
15215 ;;;;;; 641000))
15216 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15218 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15219 Major mode for image files.
15220 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15221 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15223 Key bindings:
15224 \\{image-mode-map}
15226 \(fn)" t nil)
15228 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15229 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15230 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15231 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15232 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15234 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15235 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15236 actual image.
15238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15240 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15241 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15242 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15243 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15244 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15245 to display an image file as the actual image.
15247 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15248 to display an image file as text initially.
15250 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15251 on these modes.
15253 \(fn)" t nil)
15255 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15258 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15260 ;;;***
15262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
15263 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15265 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15266 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15268 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15270 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15271 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15272 in the buffer.
15274 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15276 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15277 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15278 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15280 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15282 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15283 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15284 Each element of this list should have the form
15286 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15288 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15289 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15290 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15291 matches are put).
15292 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15293 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15294 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15295 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15296 another element.
15297 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15298 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15299 the menu item.
15300 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15301 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15302 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15303 the ARGUMENTS.
15305 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15306 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15307 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15309 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15310 create a buffer index.
15312 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15313 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15314 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15315 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15316 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15318 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15320 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15321 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15323 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15324 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15325 called within a `save-excursion'.
15327 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15329 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15331 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15332 Function for finding the next index position.
15334 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15335 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15336 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15337 file.
15339 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15340 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15342 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15344 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15345 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15347 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15348 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15349 It should return the name for that index item.")
15351 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15353 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15354 Function to compare string with index item.
15356 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15357 non-nil if they match.
15359 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15360 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15361 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15362 arguments match\".")
15364 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15366 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15367 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15368 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15370 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15371 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15373 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15375 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15377 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15378 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15379 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15380 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15382 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15384 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15385 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15387 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15389 \(fn)" t nil)
15391 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15392 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15393 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15394 for more information.
15396 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15398 ;;;***
15400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21607 54478
15401 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
15402 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15404 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15405 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15407 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15409 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15412 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15414 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15417 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15419 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15422 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15424 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15425 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15427 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15429 ;;;***
15431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21607 54478
15432 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
15433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15435 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15436 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15437 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15438 to that buffer.
15439 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15440 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15441 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15442 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15444 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15446 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15448 ;;;***
15450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
15451 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15453 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15454 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15455 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15456 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15457 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15458 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15459 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15460 first in this list.
15462 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15463 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15464 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15465 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15466 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15468 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15469 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15470 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15472 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15473 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15475 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15476 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15478 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15479 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15480 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15481 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15482 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15483 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15484 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15485 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15486 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15487 with the top-level Info directory.
15489 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15490 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15492 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15494 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15495 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15496 in all the directories in that path.
15498 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15500 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15502 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15503 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15505 \(fn)" t nil)
15507 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15508 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15510 \(fn)" t nil)
15512 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15513 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15514 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15515 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15517 \(fn)" nil nil)
15519 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15520 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15521 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15522 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15524 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15526 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15527 Go to the Info directory node.
15529 \(fn)" t nil)
15531 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15532 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15533 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15534 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15535 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15536 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15538 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15540 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15541 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15542 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15544 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15546 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15547 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15548 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15549 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15550 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15552 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15554 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15555 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15556 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15557 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15558 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15560 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15561 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15563 Selecting other nodes:
15564 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15565 Follow a node reference you click on.
15566 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15567 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15568 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15569 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15570 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15571 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15572 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15573 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15574 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15575 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15576 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15577 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15578 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15579 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15580 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15581 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15582 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15583 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15584 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15585 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15587 Moving within a node:
15588 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15589 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15590 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15591 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15592 move up to the parent node.
15593 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15594 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15595 if there is none.
15596 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15598 Advanced commands:
15599 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15600 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15601 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15602 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15603 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15604 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15605 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15606 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15607 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15608 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15609 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15610 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15611 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15612 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15613 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15614 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15616 \(fn)" t nil)
15617 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15619 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15620 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15621 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15622 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15623 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15624 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15626 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15627 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15629 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15630 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15631 KEY is a string.
15632 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15633 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15634 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15635 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15637 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15639 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15640 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15641 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15643 \(fn)" t nil)
15645 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15646 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15647 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15649 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15651 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15652 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15653 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15654 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15656 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15658 ;;;***
15660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21607 54478 300138
15661 ;;;;;; 641000))
15662 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15664 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15665 Throw away all cached data.
15666 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15667 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15668 system.
15670 \(fn)" t nil)
15671 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15673 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15674 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15675 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15676 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15677 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15678 one found at point.
15680 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15682 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15683 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15685 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15686 Display the documentation of a file.
15687 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15688 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15689 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15690 The default file name is the one found at point.
15692 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15694 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15696 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15697 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15699 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15701 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15702 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15704 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15706 ;;;***
15708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21607 54478 300138
15709 ;;;;;; 641000))
15710 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15711 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15713 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15714 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15715 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15716 current info file is the default.
15718 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15719 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15720 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15721 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15722 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15724 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15725 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15726 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15727 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15728 mistake in the reference.
15730 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15731 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15732 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15734 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15735 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15736 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15737 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15739 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15741 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15742 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15743 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15744 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15745 checked.
15747 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15748 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15749 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15750 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15751 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15752 should be harmless.
15754 \(fn)" t nil)
15756 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15757 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15758 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15759 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15761 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15762 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15763 and can take a long time.
15765 \(fn)" t nil)
15767 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15768 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15769 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15771 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15773 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15774 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15776 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15777 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15778 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15779 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15780 all builtins).
15782 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15783 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15784 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15785 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15786 the sources handy.
15788 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15790 ;;;***
15792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21607 54478 300138
15793 ;;;;;; 641000))
15794 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15796 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15797 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15799 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15801 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15802 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15804 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15806 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15807 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15808 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15809 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15811 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15812 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15813 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15815 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15816 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15817 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15818 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15820 \(fn)" t nil)
15822 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15823 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15824 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15826 \(fn)" t nil)
15828 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15829 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15830 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15831 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15832 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15834 \(fn)" nil nil)
15836 ;;;***
15838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21628 43483
15839 ;;;;;; 380149 771000))
15840 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
15842 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
15845 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
15847 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
15849 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
15851 ;;;***
15853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21607 54477
15854 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
15855 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15856 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15858 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15859 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15860 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15862 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15864 ;;;***
15866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21607
15867 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
15868 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15870 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15871 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15873 \(fn)" t nil)
15875 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15876 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15878 \(fn)" t nil)
15880 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15883 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15885 ;;;***
15887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21607 54478 300138
15888 ;;;;;; 641000))
15889 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15890 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15892 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15893 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15894 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15895 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15896 accessed via isearchb.
15898 \(fn)" t nil)
15900 ;;;***
15902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21607
15903 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
15904 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15906 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15907 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15908 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15909 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15910 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15912 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15914 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15915 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15916 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15917 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15918 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15920 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15922 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15923 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15924 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15925 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15926 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15928 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15930 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15931 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15932 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15933 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15934 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15936 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15938 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15939 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15940 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15941 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15942 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15944 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15946 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15947 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15948 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15949 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15950 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15952 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15954 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15955 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15956 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15957 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15962 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15963 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15964 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15965 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15967 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15969 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15970 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15971 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15972 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15974 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15976 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15977 Warn that format is read-only.
15979 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15981 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15982 Warn that format is write-only.
15984 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15986 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15987 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15989 \(fn)" t nil)
15991 ;;;***
15993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15994 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 300138 641000))
15995 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15996 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15997 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15999 ;;;***
16001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21607 54478
16002 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
16003 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16005 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16007 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16008 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16009 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16010 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16011 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16013 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16015 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16017 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16018 Key map for ispell menu.")
16020 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16021 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16022 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16023 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16025 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16027 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16029 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16031 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16033 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16034 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16035 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16036 Valid forms include:
16037 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16038 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16039 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16040 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16042 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16043 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16044 First list is used raw.
16045 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16047 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16048 for skipping in latex mode.")
16050 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16051 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16052 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16053 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16054 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16055 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16056 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16058 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16059 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16060 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16061 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16063 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16064 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16065 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16066 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16067 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16069 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16070 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16072 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16073 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16075 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16076 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16078 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16079 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16081 Return values:
16082 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16083 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16084 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16085 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16086 quit spell session exited.
16088 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16090 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16091 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16092 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16094 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16096 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16097 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16099 Selections are:
16101 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16102 SPC: Accept word this time.
16103 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16104 `a': Accept word for this session.
16105 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16106 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16107 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16108 `?': Show these commands.
16109 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16110 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16111 the aborted check to be completed later.
16112 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16113 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16114 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16115 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16116 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16117 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16118 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16120 \(fn)" nil nil)
16122 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16123 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16124 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16125 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16127 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16129 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16130 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16131 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16132 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16134 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16136 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16138 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16139 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16140 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16141 amount for last line processed.
16143 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16145 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16146 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16148 \(fn)" t nil)
16150 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16151 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16153 \(fn)" t nil)
16155 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16156 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16157 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16159 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16161 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16162 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16164 \(fn)" t nil)
16166 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16167 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16168 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16169 sequence inside of a word.
16171 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16173 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16175 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16176 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16178 \(fn)" t nil)
16180 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16181 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16182 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16183 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16185 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16186 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16187 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16188 available on the net.
16190 \(fn)" t nil)
16192 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16193 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16194 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16195 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16196 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16198 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16199 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16200 spelled.
16202 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16203 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16204 SPC.
16206 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16207 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16211 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16212 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16213 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16214 Don't check included messages.
16216 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16217 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16218 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16220 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16221 in your init file:
16222 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16223 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16224 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16225 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16227 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16228 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16229 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16231 \(fn)" t nil)
16233 ;;;***
16235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21607
16236 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
16237 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16239 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16242 \(fn)" nil nil)
16244 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16245 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16246 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16247 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16248 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16249 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16250 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16251 necessary to represent OBJ.
16253 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16255 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16256 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16257 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16258 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16260 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16262 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16263 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16264 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16265 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16266 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16268 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16270 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16271 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16272 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16273 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16275 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16277 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16278 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16279 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16280 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16282 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16284 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16285 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16287 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16289 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16290 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16291 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16292 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16293 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16295 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16297 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16298 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16299 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16300 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16301 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16303 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16305 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16306 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16307 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16309 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16311 ;;;***
16313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21607 54478 300138
16314 ;;;;;; 641000))
16315 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16317 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16318 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16319 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16320 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16322 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16325 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16327 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16328 Uninstall jka-compr.
16329 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16330 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16331 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16333 \(fn)" nil nil)
16335 ;;;***
16337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21623 2108 292281 129000))
16338 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16339 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16341 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16342 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16344 \(fn)" t nil)
16345 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16347 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16349 ;;;***
16351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
16352 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16353 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16355 ;;;***
16357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21607 54477
16358 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
16359 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16361 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16362 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16363 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16364 decimal key must be specified.")
16366 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16368 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16369 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16370 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16371 decimal key must be specified.")
16373 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16375 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16376 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16377 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16378 decimal key must be specified.")
16380 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16382 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16383 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16384 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16385 decimal key must be specified.")
16387 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16389 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16390 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16391 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16392 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16393 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16394 keys are bound.
16396 Setup Binding
16397 -------------------------------------------------------------
16398 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16399 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16400 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16401 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16402 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16403 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16404 in the global and local keymaps.
16406 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16407 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16409 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16411 ;;;***
16413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21607
16414 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
16415 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16417 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16418 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16419 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16421 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16422 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16423 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16424 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16425 shorter.
16427 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16428 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16429 the context of text formatting.
16431 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16433 ;;;***
16435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21607 54478 300138
16436 ;;;;;; 641000))
16437 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16439 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16440 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16441 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16442 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16443 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16444 positions that contains the current selection.")
16446 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16447 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16448 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16449 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16450 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16451 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16452 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16454 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16456 ;;;***
16458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
16459 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16460 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16461 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16462 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16463 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16464 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16465 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16466 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16468 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16469 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16470 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16472 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16474 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16475 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16476 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16477 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16478 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16480 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16482 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16483 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16484 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16486 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16487 defining the macro.
16489 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16490 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16491 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16493 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16494 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16496 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16498 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16499 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16500 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16501 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16502 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16503 under that name.
16505 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16506 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16507 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16509 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16511 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16512 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16513 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16514 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16516 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16517 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16518 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16519 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16521 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16522 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16524 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16526 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16527 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16528 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16530 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16531 macro.
16533 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16534 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16536 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16537 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16538 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16540 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16541 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16543 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16545 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16546 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16547 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16548 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16550 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16552 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16553 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16554 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16555 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16557 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16558 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16560 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16562 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16563 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16564 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16566 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16568 ;;;***
16570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21607
16571 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
16572 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16574 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16575 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16576 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16578 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16581 \(fn)" nil nil)
16583 ;;;***
16585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21607 54478
16586 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
16587 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16588 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16590 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16592 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16593 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16595 \(fn)" t nil)
16597 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16598 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16599 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16600 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16602 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16603 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16604 none / 1 | yes | no
16605 2 | yes | yes
16606 3 | no | yes
16607 4 | no | no
16609 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16610 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16611 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16613 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16615 ;;;***
16617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21607 54478
16618 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
16619 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16621 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16624 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16626 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16627 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16628 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16629 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16630 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16631 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16633 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16634 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16636 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16638 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16639 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16641 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16643 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16646 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16648 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16651 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16653 ;;;***
16655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21607
16656 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
16657 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16659 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16660 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16661 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16662 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16664 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16666 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16667 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16668 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16670 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16672 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16673 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16674 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16676 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16678 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16679 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16680 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16681 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16683 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16685 ;;;***
16687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16688 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 300138 641000))
16689 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16691 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16692 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16693 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16694 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16695 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16696 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16697 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16698 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16700 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16701 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16703 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16704 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16706 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16708 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16709 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16710 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16711 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16712 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16713 `latin1-display-setup'.
16715 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16717 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16718 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16719 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16720 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16722 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16723 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16725 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16727 ;;;***
16729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21607
16730 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
16731 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16733 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16734 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16736 \(fn)" t nil)
16738 ;;;***
16740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
16741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16743 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16744 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16745 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16746 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16747 generations (this defaults to 1).
16749 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16751 ;;;***
16753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
16754 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16755 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16757 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16758 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16759 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16760 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16761 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16763 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16767 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16768 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16769 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16770 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16771 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16772 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16774 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16776 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16777 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16778 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16779 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16780 ARG is omitted or nil.
16782 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16783 `linum-on' would do it.
16784 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16788 ;;;***
16790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21607 54478 300138
16791 ;;;;;; 641000))
16792 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16794 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16795 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16796 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16797 is nil, raise an error.
16799 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16800 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16801 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16802 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16803 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16804 defined by the library.
16806 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16807 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16808 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16809 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16810 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16811 proceeds.
16813 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16814 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16815 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16816 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16818 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16820 ;;;***
16822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
16823 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16825 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16826 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16827 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16829 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16831 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16832 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16833 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16834 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16836 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16837 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16838 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16839 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16840 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16841 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16842 the version.)
16844 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16845 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16847 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16848 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16850 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16851 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16853 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16855 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16856 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16857 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16858 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16859 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16860 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16861 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16862 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16863 to constrain a big search.
16865 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16867 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16868 except that FILTER is not optional.
16870 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16872 ;;;***
16874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21607 54478 800121
16875 ;;;;;; 42000))
16876 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16878 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16879 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16880 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16881 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16882 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16883 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16884 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16885 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16886 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16887 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16889 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16890 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16891 associated values:
16892 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16893 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16894 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16895 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16896 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16898 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16899 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16900 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16902 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16904 ;;;***
16906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21607 54478 800121
16907 ;;;;;; 42000))
16908 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16910 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16911 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16913 \(fn)" t nil)
16915 ;;;***
16917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
16918 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16920 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16921 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16923 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16924 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16926 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16927 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16928 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16930 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16931 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16933 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16934 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16935 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16936 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16937 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16938 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16939 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16941 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16943 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16944 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16945 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16946 switch on this list.
16947 See `lpr-command'.")
16949 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16951 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16952 Name of program for printing a file.
16954 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16955 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16956 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16957 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16958 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16959 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16960 argument.")
16962 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16964 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16965 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16966 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16967 for customization of the printer command.
16969 \(fn)" t nil)
16971 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16972 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16974 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16975 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16976 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16977 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16979 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16980 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16982 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16983 for further customization of the printer command.
16985 \(fn)" t nil)
16987 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16988 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16989 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16990 for customization of the printer command.
16992 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16994 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16995 Paginate and print the region contents.
16997 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16998 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16999 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17000 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17002 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17003 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17005 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17006 for further customization of the printer command.
17008 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17010 ;;;***
17012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21607 54478 300138
17013 ;;;;;; 641000))
17014 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17016 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17017 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17018 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17020 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17022 ;;;***
17024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21607 54477 800124
17025 ;;;;;; 118000))
17026 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17028 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17029 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17030 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17031 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17035 ;;;***
17037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21607 54478
17038 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
17039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17041 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17042 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17044 \(fn)" t nil)
17046 ;;;***
17048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
17049 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17051 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17052 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17053 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17054 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17055 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17057 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17059 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17060 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17061 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17062 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17063 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17065 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17066 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17067 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17068 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17069 bindings.
17071 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17072 use this command, and then save the file.
17074 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17076 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17077 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17078 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17079 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17080 each time the macro executes.
17081 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17082 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17083 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17084 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17085 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17086 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17087 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17089 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17091 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17092 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17093 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17094 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17096 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17097 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17098 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17099 execute.
17101 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17102 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17104 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17105 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17106 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17107 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17108 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17110 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17111 looked like this:
17113 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17114 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17115 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17117 You could enter the names in this format:
17123 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17125 \\C-x (
17126 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17127 \\C-x )
17129 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17130 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17132 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17133 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17135 ;;;***
17137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21607 54478
17138 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
17139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17141 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17142 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17143 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17144 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17145 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17146 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17148 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17149 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17150 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17151 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17152 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17154 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17155 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17156 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17157 consing a string.)
17159 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17161 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17162 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17164 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17166 ;;;***
17168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21607 54478
17169 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
17170 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17172 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17173 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17175 \(fn)" nil nil)
17177 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17180 \(fn)" nil nil)
17182 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17183 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17185 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17187 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17188 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17189 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17190 message.
17192 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17194 \(fn)" nil nil)
17196 ;;;***
17198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21607 54478
17199 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
17200 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17202 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17203 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17204 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17205 often correct parser.")
17207 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17209 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17210 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17211 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17212 a value which excludes your own email address.
17214 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17215 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17217 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17219 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17220 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17222 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17224 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17225 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17226 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17227 we return it unconverted.
17229 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17230 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17232 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17234 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17235 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17236 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17237 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17239 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17241 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17242 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17243 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17244 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17246 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17248 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17249 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17250 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17251 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17252 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17253 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17254 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17255 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17256 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17257 as Rmail does.
17259 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17261 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17262 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17263 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17264 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17265 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17266 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17267 matches may be returned from the message body.
17269 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17271 ;;;***
17273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21607 54478
17274 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
17275 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17277 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17278 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17279 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17280 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17281 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17282 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17284 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17286 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17287 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17288 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17289 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17290 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17292 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17293 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17294 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17295 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17299 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17300 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17302 \(fn)" nil nil)
17304 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17305 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17306 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17308 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17310 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17311 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17312 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17314 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17315 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17316 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17317 double-quotes.
17319 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17321 ;;;***
17323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21607 54478
17324 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
17325 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17327 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17328 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17329 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17330 king@grassland.com
17331 If `parens', they look like:
17332 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17333 If `angles', they look like:
17334 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17336 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17338 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17339 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17340 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17341 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17342 their `Resent-' variants.
17344 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17345 removed from alias expansions.
17347 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17349 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17350 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17351 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17353 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17354 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17355 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17356 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17358 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17360 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17361 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17362 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17364 \(fn)" nil nil)
17366 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17367 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17368 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17369 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17371 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17373 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17375 ;;;***
17377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21607 54478
17378 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
17379 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17381 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17382 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17383 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17384 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17386 \(fn)" nil nil)
17388 ;;;***
17390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21607
17391 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
17392 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17394 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17395 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17397 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17398 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17399 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17400 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17401 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17402 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17404 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17405 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17406 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17407 dependency, despite the colon.
17409 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17411 In the browser, use the following keys:
17413 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17415 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17417 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17418 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17420 `makefile-target-colon':
17421 The string that gets appended to all target names
17422 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17423 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17425 `makefile-macro-assign':
17426 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17427 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17428 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17429 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17430 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17431 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17433 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17434 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17435 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17437 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17438 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17440 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17441 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17442 up or down in the browser.
17444 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17445 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17447 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17448 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17450 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17451 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17452 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17453 has been selected in the browser.
17455 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17456 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17457 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17458 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17459 filenames are omitted.
17461 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17462 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17463 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17464 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17465 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17466 the backslash itself intact.
17467 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17468 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17470 `makefile-browser-hook':
17471 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17472 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17474 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17475 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17476 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17477 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17479 \(fn)" t nil)
17481 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17482 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17484 \(fn)" t nil)
17486 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17487 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17489 \(fn)" t nil)
17491 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17492 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17494 \(fn)" t nil)
17496 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17497 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17499 \(fn)" t nil)
17501 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17502 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17504 \(fn)" t nil)
17506 ;;;***
17508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21607 54478 300138
17509 ;;;;;; 641000))
17510 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17512 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17513 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17514 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17516 \(fn)" t nil)
17518 ;;;***
17520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
17521 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17523 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17525 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17526 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17527 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17528 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17529 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17530 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17531 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17532 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17533 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17534 without running the man command.
17536 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17537 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17538 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17540 cat(1)
17541 1 cat
17543 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17544 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17545 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17546 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17548 -a chmod
17550 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17551 otherwise look like a page name.
17553 /my/file/name.1.gz
17554 -l somefile.1
17556 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17557 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17558 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17560 -k pattern
17562 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17564 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17565 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17567 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17569 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17570 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17572 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17574 ;;;***
17576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
17577 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17578 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17580 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17581 Toggle Master mode.
17582 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17583 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17584 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17586 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17587 using the following commands:
17589 \\{master-mode-map}
17591 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17592 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17593 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17597 ;;;***
17599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21607 54478 300138
17600 ;;;;;; 641000))
17601 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17603 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17604 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17605 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17606 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17607 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17608 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17610 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17612 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17613 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17614 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17615 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17616 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17618 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17619 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17620 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17621 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17625 ;;;***
17627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
17628 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17629 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17631 ;;;***
17633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21623 2108 292281
17634 ;;;;;; 129000))
17635 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17637 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17639 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17640 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17641 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17642 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17643 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17644 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17645 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17646 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17647 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17648 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17649 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17650 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17651 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17652 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17653 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17654 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17655 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17656 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17657 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17658 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17659 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17660 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17661 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17662 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17663 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17664 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17665 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17666 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17667 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17668 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17669 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17670 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17671 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17672 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17673 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17674 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17675 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17676 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17678 \(fn)" t nil)
17680 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17681 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17682 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17683 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17684 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17686 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17688 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17689 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17691 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17693 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17694 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17696 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17698 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17699 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17701 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17703 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17704 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17705 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17707 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17709 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17710 Cancel an article you posted.
17711 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17715 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17716 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17717 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17718 header line with the old Message-ID.
17720 \(fn)" t nil)
17722 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17723 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17725 \(fn)" t nil)
17727 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17728 Forward the current message via mail.
17729 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17730 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17732 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17734 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17737 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17739 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17742 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17744 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17745 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17747 \(fn)" t nil)
17749 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17750 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17752 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17754 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17755 Re-mail the current message.
17756 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17757 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17758 you.
17760 \(fn)" t nil)
17762 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17763 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17765 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17767 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17768 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17770 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17772 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17773 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17775 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17777 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17778 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17780 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17782 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17783 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17784 Works by overstriking characters.
17785 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17786 which specify the range to operate on.
17788 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17790 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17791 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17792 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17793 which specify the range to operate on.
17795 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17797 ;;;***
17799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21607
17800 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
17801 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17802 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17804 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17805 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17807 \(fn)" t nil)
17809 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17810 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17812 \(fn)" t nil)
17814 ;;;***
17816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21607 54478
17817 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
17818 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17820 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17821 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17822 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17824 \(fn)" t nil)
17826 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17827 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17828 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17829 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17830 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17831 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17832 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17834 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17836 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17837 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17838 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17839 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17840 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17841 means current).
17842 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17843 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17845 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17847 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17848 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17849 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17850 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17851 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17852 means current).
17853 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17854 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17856 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17858 ;;;***
17860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21607 54478 300138
17861 ;;;;;; 641000))
17862 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17864 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17865 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17866 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17868 \(fn)" t nil)
17870 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17871 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17872 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17874 \(fn)" t nil)
17876 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17877 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17879 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17880 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17881 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17883 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17884 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17886 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17887 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17889 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17891 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17893 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17894 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17895 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17896 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17897 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17898 as `compose-mail'.
17900 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17901 initial Subject field, respectively.
17903 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17904 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17905 are strings.
17907 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17908 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17910 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17912 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17913 Save draft and send message.
17915 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17916 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17917 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17918 Mail Delivery*\".
17920 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17921 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17922 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17924 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17925 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17926 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17927 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17928 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17929 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17931 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17932 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17934 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17935 message and scan line.
17937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17939 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17940 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17942 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17943 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17944 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17945 delete the draft message.
17947 \(fn)" t nil)
17949 ;;;***
17951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
17952 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17953 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
17955 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17957 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17959 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17961 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17962 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17964 \(fn)" t nil)
17966 ;;;***
17968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21607 54478
17969 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
17970 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17972 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17973 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17974 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17976 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17977 the MH mail system.
17979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17981 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17982 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17983 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17985 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17986 the MH mail system.
17988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17990 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17991 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17993 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17994 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17995 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17996 separate command.
17998 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17999 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18000 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18001 format.
18003 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18005 Ranges
18006 ======
18007 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18008 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18009 can be used in several ways.
18011 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18012 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18013 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18014 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18015 page):
18017 <num1>-<num2>
18018 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18019 The range must be nonempty.
18021 <num>:N
18022 <num>:+N
18023 <num>:-N
18024 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18025 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18026 last.
18028 first:N
18029 prev:N
18030 next:N
18031 last:N
18032 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18035 All of the messages.
18037 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18038 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18040 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18041 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18042 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18044 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18046 \(fn)" t nil)
18048 ;;;***
18050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21607 54478 300138
18051 ;;;;;; 641000))
18052 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18054 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18055 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18056 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18057 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18058 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18059 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18060 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18061 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18062 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18063 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18064 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18066 \(fn)" t nil)
18068 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18069 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18070 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18071 to its second argument TM.
18073 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18075 ;;;***
18077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21607 54478
18078 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
18079 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18081 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18082 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18083 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18084 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18085 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18086 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18088 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18090 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18091 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18092 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18093 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18094 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18096 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18097 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18098 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18099 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18100 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18101 is modified to remove the default indication.
18103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18105 ;;;***
18107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
18108 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18110 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18111 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18112 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18113 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18114 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18115 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18116 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18117 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18118 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18120 \(fn)" t nil)
18122 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18123 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18124 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18125 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18126 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18127 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18128 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18129 The return value is always nil.
18131 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18133 ;;;***
18135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21607 54478 300138
18136 ;;;;;; 641000))
18137 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18138 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18140 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18141 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18143 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18144 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18145 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18146 next occurrence.
18148 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18149 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18150 end of the search space).
18152 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18153 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18154 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18155 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18156 should return the previous buffer to search.
18158 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18159 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18160 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18162 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18163 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18164 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18165 Isearch starts.")
18167 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18168 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18169 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18171 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil)
18173 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil)
18175 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18176 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18177 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18179 \(fn)" nil nil)
18181 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18182 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18183 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18184 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18185 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18186 whose names match the specified regexp.
18188 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18190 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18191 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18192 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18193 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18194 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18195 whose names match the specified regexp.
18197 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18199 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18200 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18201 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18202 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18203 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18204 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18205 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18207 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18209 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18210 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18211 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18212 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18213 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18214 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18215 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18217 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18219 ;;;***
18221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21607
18222 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
18223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18224 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18226 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18227 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18229 \(fn)" t nil)
18231 ;;;***
18233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21607 54478
18234 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
18235 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18237 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18238 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18240 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18242 ;;;***
18244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21607 54478
18245 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
18246 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18248 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18249 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18251 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18253 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18254 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18255 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18256 the entire message.
18257 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18259 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18261 ;;;***
18263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21607 54478
18264 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
18265 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18267 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18268 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18269 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18270 the entire message.
18271 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18273 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18275 ;;;***
18277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21607 54478 300138
18278 ;;;;;; 641000))
18279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18281 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18282 Insert file contents of URL.
18283 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18285 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18287 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18288 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18290 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18292 ;;;***
18294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21607 54478 300138
18295 ;;;;;; 641000))
18296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18298 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18299 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18300 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18301 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18302 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18304 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18306 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18307 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18308 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18310 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18312 ;;;***
18314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
18315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18317 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18318 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18320 \(fn)" nil nil)
18322 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18323 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18324 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18325 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18326 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18328 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18329 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18330 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18331 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18332 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18333 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18335 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18337 ;;;***
18339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21607 54478 300138
18340 ;;;;;; 641000))
18341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18343 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18346 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18348 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18351 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18353 ;;;***
18355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21607 54478 300138
18356 ;;;;;; 641000))
18357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18359 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18362 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18364 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18367 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18369 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18372 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18374 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18377 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18379 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18382 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18384 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18387 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18389 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18392 \(fn)" nil nil)
18394 ;;;***
18396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21607 54477
18397 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
18398 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18400 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18402 ;;;***
18404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18405 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18408 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18410 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18411 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18412 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18413 followed by the first character of the construct.
18414 \\<m2-mode-map>
18415 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18416 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18417 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18418 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18419 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18420 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18421 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18422 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18423 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18424 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18425 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18426 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18427 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18428 \\[m2-link] link
18430 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18431 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18432 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18434 \(fn)" t nil)
18436 ;;;***
18438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21616 28857 81577
18439 ;;;;;; 239000))
18440 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18442 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18443 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18445 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18447 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18448 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18450 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18452 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18453 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18455 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18457 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18458 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18460 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18462 ;;;***
18464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21607 54478 300138
18465 ;;;;;; 641000))
18466 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18468 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18469 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18471 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18472 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18473 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18475 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18476 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18477 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18479 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18480 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18482 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18483 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18484 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18485 hemisphere you're in.)
18487 To test this function, evaluate:
18488 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18490 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18492 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18493 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18495 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18496 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18498 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18499 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18500 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18502 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18503 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18505 To test this function, evaluate:
18506 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18508 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18510 ;;;***
18512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
18513 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18515 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18516 Main entry point for MPC.
18518 \(fn)" t nil)
18520 ;;;***
18522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
18523 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18525 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18526 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18528 \(fn)" t nil)
18530 ;;;***
18532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
18533 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18535 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18536 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18537 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18539 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18540 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18542 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18544 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18545 Toggle Msb mode.
18546 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18547 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18548 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18550 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18551 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18555 ;;;***
18557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21607
18558 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
18559 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18561 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18562 Display a list of all character sets.
18564 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18565 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18566 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18567 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18568 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18570 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18571 but still shows the full information.
18573 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18575 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18576 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18577 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18579 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18580 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18581 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18582 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18583 meanings of these arguments.
18585 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18587 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18588 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18590 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18592 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18593 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18595 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18597 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18598 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18600 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18602 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18603 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18605 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18606 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18607 in place of `..':
18608 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18609 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18610 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18611 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18612 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18613 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18614 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18615 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18616 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18617 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18618 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18619 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18620 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18621 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18622 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18623 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18625 \(fn)" t nil)
18627 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18628 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18630 \(fn)" t nil)
18632 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18633 Display a list of all coding systems.
18634 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18636 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18637 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18641 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18642 Display a list of all coding categories.
18644 \(fn)" nil nil)
18646 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18647 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18648 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18650 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18652 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18653 Display information about FONTSET.
18654 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18656 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18658 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18659 Display a list of all fontsets.
18660 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18661 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18662 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18664 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18666 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18667 Display information about all input methods.
18669 \(fn)" t nil)
18671 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18672 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18674 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18675 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18676 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18677 system which uses fontsets).
18679 \(fn)" t nil)
18681 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18682 Show log of font listing and opening.
18683 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18684 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18686 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18688 ;;;***
18690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21607
18691 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
18692 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18694 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18695 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18697 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18698 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18700 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18701 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18703 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18705 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18706 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18707 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18708 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18709 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18710 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18711 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18713 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18714 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18715 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18716 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18717 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18718 middle of a character in STR.
18720 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18721 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18723 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18724 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18725 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18726 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18727 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18729 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18731 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18732 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18734 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18735 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18736 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18738 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18739 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18740 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18742 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18743 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18744 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18745 are considered.
18746 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18747 longer than KEYSEQ.
18748 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18750 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18752 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18753 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18754 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18755 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18756 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18757 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18758 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18759 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18760 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18761 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18762 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18764 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18766 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18767 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18769 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18771 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18772 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18774 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18776 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18777 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18779 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18781 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18782 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18784 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18786 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18787 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18788 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18789 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18790 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18792 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18793 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18795 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18796 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18797 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18798 coding systems ordered by priority.
18800 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18802 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18804 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18805 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18806 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18807 language environment LANG-ENV.
18809 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18811 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18812 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18813 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18814 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18815 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18816 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18818 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18820 ;;;***
18822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21607 54478
18823 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
18824 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18826 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18827 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18829 \(fn)" t nil)
18831 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18832 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18834 \(fn)" t nil)
18836 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18837 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18839 \(fn)" t nil)
18841 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18842 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18844 \(fn)" t nil)
18846 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18847 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18849 \(fn)" t nil)
18851 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18852 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18854 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18856 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18857 Ping HOST.
18858 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18859 `ping-program-options'.
18861 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18863 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18864 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18866 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18868 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18869 Run nslookup program.
18871 \(fn)" t nil)
18873 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18874 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18876 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18878 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18879 Run dig program.
18881 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18883 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18884 Run ftp program.
18886 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18888 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18889 Finger USER on HOST.
18891 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18893 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18894 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18895 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18896 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18898 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18900 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18903 \(fn)" t nil)
18905 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18906 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18908 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18910 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18911 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18913 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18915 ;;;***
18917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21607 54478 300138
18918 ;;;;;; 641000))
18919 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18921 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18922 Return a user name/password pair.
18923 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18924 listed in the PORTS list.
18926 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18928 ;;;***
18930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21619
18931 ;;;;;; 5051 260148 536000))
18932 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18934 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18935 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18936 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18937 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18938 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18939 closes it.
18941 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18942 make it unique.
18943 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18944 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18945 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18946 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18947 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18948 a port number to connect to.
18950 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18951 values:
18953 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18954 nil or `network'
18955 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18956 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18957 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18958 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18959 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18960 an unencrypted connection.
18961 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18962 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18963 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18964 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18965 returned object is a killed process.
18966 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18967 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18968 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18970 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18971 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18972 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18973 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18974 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18975 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18976 or nil if none could be found.
18977 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18978 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18980 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18982 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18983 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18984 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18986 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18987 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18988 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18990 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18991 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18992 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18994 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18995 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18996 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18997 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18999 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19000 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19002 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19003 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19004 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19005 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19006 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19007 or STARTTLS connections.
19009 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19010 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19012 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19013 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19015 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19016 a greeting from the server.
19018 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19019 asynchronously, if possible.
19021 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19023 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19025 ;;;***
19027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21628
19028 ;;;;;; 45530 160140 360000))
19029 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19031 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19032 Check whether newsticker is running.
19033 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19034 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19036 \(fn)" nil nil)
19038 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19039 Start the newsticker.
19040 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19041 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19042 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19043 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19045 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19047 ;;;***
19049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19050 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 300138 641000))
19051 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19053 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19054 Start newsticker plainview.
19056 \(fn)" t nil)
19058 ;;;***
19060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21607
19061 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
19062 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19064 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19065 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19067 \(fn)" t nil)
19069 ;;;***
19071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21607
19072 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
19073 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19075 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19076 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19077 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19078 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19079 empty.
19081 \(fn)" nil nil)
19083 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19084 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19085 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19086 running already.
19088 \(fn)" t nil)
19090 ;;;***
19092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21628
19093 ;;;;;; 45530 160140 360000))
19094 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19096 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19097 Start newsticker treeview.
19099 \(fn)" t nil)
19101 ;;;***
19103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21607 54478 300138
19104 ;;;;;; 641000))
19105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19107 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19108 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19110 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19112 ;;;***
19114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21607 54478 300138
19115 ;;;;;; 641000))
19116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19118 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19119 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19120 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19121 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19122 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19123 symbol in the alist.
19125 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19127 ;;;***
19129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21607 54478
19130 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
19131 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19133 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19134 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19135 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19137 \(fn)" t nil)
19139 ;;;***
19141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
19142 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19144 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19145 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19147 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19149 ;;;***
19151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
19152 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19154 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19156 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19157 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19158 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19160 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19163 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19165 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19166 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19167 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19168 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19169 to future sessions.
19171 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19173 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19174 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19175 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19176 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19177 future sessions.
19179 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19181 ;;;***
19183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21607
19184 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
19185 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19187 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19188 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19189 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19190 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19191 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19192 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19194 \(fn)" t nil)
19196 ;;;***
19198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
19199 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19200 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19202 ;;;***
19204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21607 54478
19205 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
19206 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19208 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19209 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19210 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19211 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19213 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19215 ;;;***
19217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21611 10937
19218 ;;;;;; 700236 3000))
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19221 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19222 Major mode for editing XML.
19224 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19225 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19226 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19227 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19228 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19229 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19230 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19232 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19234 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19235 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19237 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19238 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19239 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19240 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19241 instead of C-c.
19243 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19244 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19245 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19246 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19247 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19248 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19250 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19251 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19252 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19254 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19255 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19256 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19258 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19259 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19260 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19261 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19262 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19263 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19264 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19265 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19266 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19268 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19270 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19271 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19273 \(fn)" t nil)
19274 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19276 ;;;***
19278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21607 54478
19279 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
19280 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19282 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19283 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19284 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19285 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19287 \(fn)" t nil)
19289 ;;;***
19291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21607 54478
19292 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
19293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19295 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19296 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19298 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19299 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19300 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19301 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19303 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19305 Key bindings:
19306 \\{octave-mode-map}
19308 \(fn)" t nil)
19310 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19311 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19312 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19314 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19316 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19317 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19319 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19320 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19321 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19325 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19327 ;;;***
19329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21607 54478
19330 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
19331 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19333 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19335 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19336 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19337 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19338 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19339 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19341 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19343 Customization:
19345 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19346 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19347 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19348 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19349 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19350 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19351 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19352 Directories to search when finding external units.
19353 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19354 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19356 Coloring:
19358 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19359 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19361 \(fn)" t nil)
19363 ;;;***
19365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
19366 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19368 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19369 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19371 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19373 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19374 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19375 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19376 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19377 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19378 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19380 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19382 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19383 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19384 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19385 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19386 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19388 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19390 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19391 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19393 \(fn)" nil nil)
19395 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19396 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19398 \(fn)" nil nil)
19400 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19401 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19402 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19404 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19405 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19406 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19407 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19408 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19409 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19410 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19411 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19412 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19413 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19415 The following commands are available:
19417 \\{org-mode-map}
19419 \(fn)" t nil)
19421 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19422 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19424 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19425 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19426 in special contexts.
19428 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19429 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19430 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19431 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19432 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19433 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19434 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19435 properties in the buffer.
19436 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19437 including any drawers.
19439 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19441 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19442 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19443 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19444 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19445 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19446 and zoom in further.
19447 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19448 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19450 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19451 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19452 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19453 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19454 times right after creating a new headline.
19456 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19457 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19458 is negative, go up that many levels.
19460 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19461 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19462 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19464 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19465 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19466 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19467 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19471 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19472 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19473 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19474 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19477 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19479 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19480 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19481 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19482 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19483 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19484 defined by Org-mode).
19486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19488 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19489 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19491 \(fn)" nil nil)
19493 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19494 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19496 \(fn)" nil nil)
19498 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19499 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19500 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19501 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19502 call CMD.
19504 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19506 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19507 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19508 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19509 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19511 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19512 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19513 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19515 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19516 part of Org's core.
19518 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19519 active region.
19521 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19523 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19524 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19525 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19527 \(fn)" t nil)
19529 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19530 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19531 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19532 Org-mode syntax.
19534 \(fn)" t nil)
19536 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19537 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19539 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19541 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19542 Switch between Org buffers.
19543 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19544 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19546 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19547 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19551 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19553 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19555 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19556 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19557 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19558 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19560 \(fn)" t nil)
19562 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19563 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19565 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19567 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19568 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19569 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19571 \(fn)" t nil)
19573 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19574 Reload all org lisp files.
19575 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19577 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19579 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19580 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19582 \(fn)" t nil)
19584 ;;;***
19586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21607 54478
19587 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
19588 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19590 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19591 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19595 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19596 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19597 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19598 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19600 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19601 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19602 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19603 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19604 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19605 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19606 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19607 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19608 e Export views to associated files.
19609 s Search entries for keywords.
19610 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19611 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19612 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19613 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19614 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19615 > Remove a previous restriction.
19616 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19617 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19618 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19620 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19621 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19622 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19624 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19625 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19626 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19627 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19628 \(if active).
19630 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19632 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19633 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19634 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19635 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19636 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19637 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19638 before running the agenda command.
19640 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19642 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19643 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19644 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19645 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19646 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19647 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19648 before running the agenda command.
19650 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19651 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19653 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19655 category The category of the item
19656 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19657 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19658 todo selected in TODO match
19659 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19660 diary imported from diary
19661 deadline a deadline on given date
19662 scheduled scheduled on given date
19663 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19664 closed entry was closed on given date
19665 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19666 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19667 block entry has date block including g. date
19668 todo The todo keyword, if any
19669 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19670 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19671 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19672 extra Sting with extra planning info
19673 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19674 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19675 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19677 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19679 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19680 Store agenda views.
19682 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19684 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19685 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19687 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19689 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19690 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19691 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19692 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19694 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19695 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19696 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19698 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19699 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19701 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19702 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19704 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19706 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19707 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19709 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19710 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19711 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19712 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19713 EDIT-AT.
19715 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19716 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19717 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19718 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19719 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19720 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19722 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19723 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19724 including newlines.
19726 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19727 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19728 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19729 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19730 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19731 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19732 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19734 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19735 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19736 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19737 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19739 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19740 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19741 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19742 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19743 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19744 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19745 Boolean search must match as full words.
19747 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19748 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19750 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19752 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19753 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19754 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19755 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19756 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19757 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19761 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19762 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19763 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19765 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19767 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19768 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19769 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19770 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19771 `org-stuck-projects'.
19773 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19775 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19776 Return diary information from org files.
19777 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19778 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19779 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19780 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19781 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19783 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19785 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19787 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19788 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19790 &%%(org-diary)
19792 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19793 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19794 So the example above may also be written as
19796 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19798 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19799 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19800 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19802 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19804 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19805 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19807 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19809 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19810 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19811 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19812 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19813 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19815 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19817 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19818 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19819 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19821 \(fn)" t nil)
19823 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19824 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19825 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19826 appointments.
19828 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19829 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19831 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19832 for filtering entries out.
19834 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19835 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19836 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19838 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19839 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19841 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19842 (category \"Work\"))
19844 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19845 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19847 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19848 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19849 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19850 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19851 details and examples.
19853 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19854 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19856 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19858 ;;;***
19860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21607 54478
19861 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
19862 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19864 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19865 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19867 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19869 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19870 Capture something.
19871 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19872 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19873 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19874 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19875 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19876 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19878 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19879 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19880 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19881 stored.
19883 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19885 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19886 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19887 will be bypassed.
19889 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19890 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19891 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19892 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19894 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19896 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19897 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19899 \(fn)" t nil)
19901 ;;;***
19903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21607 54478
19904 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
19905 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19907 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19908 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19910 \(fn)" t nil)
19912 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19915 \(fn)" nil nil)
19917 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19918 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19919 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19921 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19923 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19924 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19926 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19928 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19929 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19931 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19933 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19934 Write the column view table.
19935 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19937 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19938 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19939 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19940 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19941 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19942 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19943 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19944 using `org-id-find'.
19945 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19946 a hline before each level <= that number.
19947 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19948 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19949 :skip-empty-rows
19950 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19951 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19953 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19955 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19956 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
19958 \(fn)" t nil)
19960 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
19961 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
19963 \(fn)" t nil)
19965 ;;;***
19967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21607 54478
19968 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
19969 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
19971 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
19972 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
19974 \(fn)" nil t)
19976 ;;;***
19978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21607 54478 800121
19979 ;;;;;; 42000))
19980 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
19982 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
19983 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
19985 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
19987 ;;;***
19989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
19990 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
19991 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
19993 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
19994 The release version of org-mode.
19995 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
19997 \(fn)" nil nil)
19999 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20000 The Git version of org-mode.
20001 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20003 \(fn)" nil nil)
20005 ;;;***
20007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21626 64704 823711
20008 ;;;;;; 579000))
20009 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20010 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20011 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20013 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20014 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20015 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20016 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20018 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20019 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20020 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20021 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20023 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20024 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20025 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20026 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20027 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20028 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20030 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20031 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20032 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20034 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20035 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20036 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20037 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20038 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20039 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20040 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20041 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20042 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20043 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20044 The subheadings remain visible.
20045 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20047 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20048 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20049 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20051 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20052 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20054 \(fn)" t nil)
20056 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20057 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20059 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20060 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20062 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20065 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20067 ;;;***
20069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21607 54477
20070 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
20071 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20072 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20074 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20075 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20076 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20077 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20078 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20080 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20081 activate the package system at any time.")
20083 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20085 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20086 Install the package PKG.
20087 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20088 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20090 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20092 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20093 Install a package from the current buffer.
20094 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20095 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20096 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20098 \(fn)" t nil)
20100 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20101 Install a package from a file.
20102 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20104 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20106 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20107 Import keys from FILE.
20109 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20111 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20112 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20113 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20114 makes them available for download.
20116 \(fn)" t nil)
20118 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20119 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20120 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20121 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20123 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20125 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20126 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20128 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20130 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20131 Display a list of packages.
20132 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20133 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20134 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20136 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20138 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20140 ;;;***
20142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
20143 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20145 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20146 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20147 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20149 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20150 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20152 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20154 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20155 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20156 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20157 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20158 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20160 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20161 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20162 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20166 ;;;***
20168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21607
20169 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
20170 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20171 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20173 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20174 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20175 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20176 unknown are returned as nil.
20178 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20180 ;;;***
20182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21607 54478
20183 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20186 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20187 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20188 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20190 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20191 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20193 Other useful functions are:
20195 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20196 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20197 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20198 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20199 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20200 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20201 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20202 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20203 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20205 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20207 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20208 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20209 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20210 Indentation for case statements.
20211 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20212 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20213 mark after an end.
20214 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20215 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20216 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20217 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20218 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20219 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20220 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20221 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20222 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20223 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20225 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20226 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20228 \(fn)" t nil)
20230 ;;;***
20232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21607
20233 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
20234 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20236 (defvar password-cache t "\
20237 Whether to cache passwords.")
20239 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20241 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20242 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20243 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20245 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20247 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20248 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20250 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20252 ;;;***
20254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21607 54477
20255 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
20256 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20258 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20259 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20260 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20262 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20263 _ matches anything.
20264 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20265 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20266 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20267 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20268 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20269 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20270 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20271 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20272 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20273 (app FUN UPAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches UPAT.
20274 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20275 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20277 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20278 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20279 [QPAT1 QPAT2..QPATn] matches a vector of length n and QPAT1..QPATn match
20280 its 0..(n-1)th elements, respectively.
20281 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20282 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20283 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20285 FUN can take the form
20286 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20287 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20288 which is the value being matched.
20289 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20290 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20291 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20292 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20293 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20294 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20295 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20297 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20299 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20301 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20302 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20304 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20306 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20308 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20309 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20310 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20311 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20313 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20315 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20317 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20318 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20319 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20320 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20322 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20324 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20326 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20327 Define a pcase UPattern macro.
20329 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20331 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20333 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20335 ;;;***
20337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21607 54478 800121
20338 ;;;;;; 42000))
20339 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20341 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20342 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20344 \(fn)" nil nil)
20346 ;;;***
20348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21607 54478 800121
20349 ;;;;;; 42000))
20350 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20352 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20353 Completion for `gzip'.
20355 \(fn)" nil nil)
20357 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20358 Completion for `bzip2'.
20360 \(fn)" nil nil)
20362 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20363 Completion for GNU `make'.
20365 \(fn)" nil nil)
20367 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20368 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20370 \(fn)" nil nil)
20372 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20374 ;;;***
20376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21607 54478
20377 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20378 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20380 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20381 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20383 \(fn)" nil nil)
20385 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20386 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20388 \(fn)" nil nil)
20390 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20391 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20393 \(fn)" nil nil)
20395 ;;;***
20397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21607 54478 800121
20398 ;;;;;; 42000))
20399 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20401 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20402 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20404 \(fn)" nil nil)
20406 ;;;***
20408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21607 54478 800121
20409 ;;;;;; 42000))
20410 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20412 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20413 Completion for `cd'.
20415 \(fn)" nil nil)
20417 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20419 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20420 Completion for `rmdir'.
20422 \(fn)" nil nil)
20424 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20425 Completion for `rm'.
20427 \(fn)" nil nil)
20429 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20430 Completion for `xargs'.
20432 \(fn)" nil nil)
20434 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20436 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20437 Completion for `which'.
20439 \(fn)" nil nil)
20441 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20442 Completion for the `chown' command.
20444 \(fn)" nil nil)
20446 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20447 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20449 \(fn)" nil nil)
20451 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20452 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20454 \(fn)" nil nil)
20456 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20457 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20458 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20460 \(fn)" nil nil)
20462 ;;;***
20464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21607 54478 800121
20465 ;;;;;; 42000))
20466 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20468 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20469 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20471 \(fn)" nil nil)
20473 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20474 Completion for the `ack' command.
20475 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20476 long options.
20478 \(fn)" nil nil)
20480 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20482 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20483 Completion for the `ag' command.
20485 \(fn)" nil nil)
20487 ;;;***
20489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21607 54478 800121
20490 ;;;;;; 42000))
20491 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20493 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20494 Support extensible programmable completion.
20495 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20496 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20498 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20500 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20501 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20503 \(fn)" t nil)
20505 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20506 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20507 This will modify the current buffer.
20509 \(fn)" t nil)
20511 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20512 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20514 \(fn)" t nil)
20516 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20517 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20518 This will modify the current buffer.
20520 \(fn)" t nil)
20522 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20523 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20525 \(fn)" t nil)
20527 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20528 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20530 \(fn)" t nil)
20532 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20533 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20534 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20535 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20536 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20538 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20540 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20541 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20543 \(fn)" nil nil)
20545 ;;;***
20547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
20548 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20550 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20551 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20552 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20553 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20555 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20557 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20559 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20560 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20561 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20562 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20563 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20564 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20565 FLAGS is ignored.
20567 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20569 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20570 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20571 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20572 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20573 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20574 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20575 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20576 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20578 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20580 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20581 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20582 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20583 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20584 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20585 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20586 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20587 passed to cvs.
20589 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20591 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20592 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20593 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20594 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20595 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20596 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20597 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20599 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20601 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20602 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20603 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20605 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20607 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20608 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20609 A value of nil means never do it.
20610 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20611 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20612 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20614 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20616 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20617 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20618 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20620 ;;;***
20622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21607 54478
20623 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20624 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20626 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20627 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20629 ;;;***
20631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21607
20632 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
20633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20634 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20635 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20636 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20637 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20638 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20639 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20641 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20642 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20643 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20644 Tab indents for Perl code.
20645 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20646 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20647 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20648 \\{perl-mode-map}
20649 Variables controlling indentation style:
20650 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20651 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20652 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20653 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20654 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20655 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20656 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20657 `perl-nochange'
20658 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20659 `perl-indent-level'
20660 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20661 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20662 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20663 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20664 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20665 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20666 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20667 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20668 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20669 `perl-brace-offset'
20670 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20671 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20672 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20673 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20674 `perl-label-offset'
20675 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20676 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20677 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20679 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20680 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20681 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20682 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20683 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20684 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20685 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20687 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20689 \(fn)" t nil)
20691 ;;;***
20693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21607 54478
20694 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20695 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20697 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20698 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20699 \\<picture-mode-map>
20700 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20701 afterwards settable by these commands:
20703 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20704 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20705 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20706 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20708 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20709 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20710 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20711 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20713 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20714 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20715 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20716 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20718 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20719 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20720 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20721 with these commands:
20723 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20724 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20725 Move to column following last
20726 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20727 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20728 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20729 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20730 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20731 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20733 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20735 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20736 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20737 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20738 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20739 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20740 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20742 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20743 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20744 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20745 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20746 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20747 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20748 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20750 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20751 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20752 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20753 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20754 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20755 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20756 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20757 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20759 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20760 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20761 by supplying an argument.
20763 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20765 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20766 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20768 \(fn)" t nil)
20770 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20772 ;;;***
20774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21607 54478 300138
20775 ;;;;;; 641000))
20776 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20778 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20779 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20781 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20783 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20784 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20786 \(fn)" t nil)
20788 ;;;***
20790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21607 54478 800121
20791 ;;;;;; 42000))
20792 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20794 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20795 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20796 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20798 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20800 ;;;***
20802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
20803 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20805 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20806 Play pong and waste time.
20807 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20808 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20810 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20812 \\{pong-mode-map}
20814 \(fn)" t nil)
20816 ;;;***
20818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21619 5051 260148 536000))
20819 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20821 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20822 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20823 Use streaming commands.
20825 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20827 ;;;***
20829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21607 54477 800124
20830 ;;;;;; 118000))
20831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20833 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20834 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20835 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20836 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20838 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20840 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20841 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20843 \(fn)" nil nil)
20845 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20846 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20847 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20848 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20849 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20851 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20853 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20854 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20855 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20857 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20859 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20860 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20862 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20864 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20865 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20866 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20867 Ignores leading comment characters.
20869 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20871 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20872 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20873 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20874 Ignores leading comment characters.
20876 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20878 ;;;***
20880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21607 54478 800121
20881 ;;;;;; 42000))
20882 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20883 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20885 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20886 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20888 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20890 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20892 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20894 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20895 Preview directory using ghostview.
20897 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20898 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20899 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20900 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20902 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20903 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20904 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20905 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20906 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20907 file name.
20909 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20911 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20913 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20914 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20916 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20917 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20918 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20919 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20921 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20922 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20923 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20924 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20925 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20926 file name.
20928 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20930 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20932 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20933 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20935 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20936 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20937 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20938 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20940 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20941 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20942 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20943 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20944 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20945 file name.
20947 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20949 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20951 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20952 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20954 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20956 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20957 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20958 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20959 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20961 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20962 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20963 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20964 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20965 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20966 file name.
20968 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20970 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20972 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20973 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20975 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20976 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20977 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20979 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20980 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20981 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20982 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20984 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20986 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20987 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20989 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20990 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20991 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20993 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20994 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20995 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20996 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20998 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21000 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21001 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21003 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21004 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21005 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21007 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21008 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21009 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21010 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21012 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21014 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21015 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21017 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21019 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21020 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21021 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21023 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21024 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21025 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21026 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21028 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21030 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21031 Preview region using ghostview.
21033 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21035 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21037 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21038 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21040 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21042 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21044 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21045 Print region using PostScript printer.
21047 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21049 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21051 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21052 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21054 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21056 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21058 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21059 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21061 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21063 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21065 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21066 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21068 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21070 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21072 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21073 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21075 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21077 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21079 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21080 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21082 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21084 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21086 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21087 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21088 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21089 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21091 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21092 matching.
21094 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21095 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21097 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21099 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21101 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21102 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21103 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21104 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21106 \(fn)" t nil)
21108 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21109 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21110 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21111 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21113 \(fn)" t nil)
21115 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21116 Print directory using text printer.
21118 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21119 matching.
21121 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21122 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21124 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21126 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21128 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21129 Print buffer using text printer.
21131 \(fn)" t nil)
21133 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21134 Print region using text printer.
21136 \(fn)" t nil)
21138 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21139 Print major mode using text printer.
21141 \(fn)" t nil)
21143 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21144 Preview spooled PostScript.
21146 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21147 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21148 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21150 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21151 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21152 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21154 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21156 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21157 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21159 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21160 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21161 instead of sending it to the printer.
21163 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21164 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21165 image in a file with that name.
21167 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21169 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21170 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21172 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21173 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21174 instead of sending it to the printer.
21176 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21177 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21178 image in a file with that name.
21180 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21182 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21183 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21185 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21186 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21187 instead of sending it to the printer.
21189 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21190 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21191 image in a file with that name.
21193 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21195 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21196 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21198 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21200 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21201 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21203 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21205 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21206 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21208 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21210 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21211 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21213 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21215 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21216 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21218 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21220 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21221 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21223 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21224 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21225 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21226 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21228 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21229 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21230 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21231 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21232 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21233 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21234 file name.
21236 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21238 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21239 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21241 \(fn)" t nil)
21243 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21244 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21246 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21247 right.
21248 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21249 bottom.
21251 \(fn)" t nil)
21253 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21254 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21256 \(fn)" t nil)
21258 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21259 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21261 \(fn)" t nil)
21263 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21264 Toggle printing with faces.
21266 \(fn)" t nil)
21268 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21269 Toggle spooling.
21271 \(fn)" t nil)
21273 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21274 Toggle duplex.
21276 \(fn)" t nil)
21278 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21279 Toggle tumble.
21281 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21282 right.
21283 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21284 bottom.
21286 \(fn)" t nil)
21288 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21289 Toggle landscape.
21291 \(fn)" t nil)
21293 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21294 Toggle upside-down.
21296 \(fn)" t nil)
21298 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21299 Toggle line number.
21301 \(fn)" t nil)
21303 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21304 Toggle zebra stripes.
21306 \(fn)" t nil)
21308 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21309 Toggle printing header.
21311 \(fn)" t nil)
21313 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21314 Toggle printing header frame.
21316 \(fn)" t nil)
21318 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21319 Toggle menu lock.
21321 \(fn)" t nil)
21323 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21324 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21326 \(fn)" t nil)
21328 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21329 Toggle auto mode.
21331 \(fn)" t nil)
21333 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21334 Customization of the `printing' group.
21336 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21338 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21339 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21341 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21343 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21344 Help for the printing package.
21346 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21348 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21349 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21351 \(fn)" t nil)
21353 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21354 Interactively select a text printer.
21356 \(fn)" t nil)
21358 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21359 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21361 \(fn)" t nil)
21363 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21364 Show current ps-print settings.
21366 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21368 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21369 Show current printing settings.
21371 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21373 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21374 Show current lpr settings.
21376 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21378 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21379 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21381 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21382 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21383 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21384 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21387 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21389 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21390 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21391 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21393 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21394 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21395 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21396 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21397 current active printer.
21399 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21400 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21401 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21402 printer.
21404 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21405 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21406 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21407 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21408 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21411 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21412 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21414 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21416 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21417 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21418 be done using the new current active printer.
21420 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21421 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21422 printer.
21424 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21425 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21426 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21427 instead of sending it to the printer.
21429 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21430 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21431 printer.
21433 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21436 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21437 are both set to t.
21439 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21441 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21442 Fast fire function for text printing.
21444 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21445 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21446 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21447 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21449 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21450 user for a new active text printer.
21452 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21454 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21456 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21457 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21458 printer.
21460 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21462 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21463 are both set to t.
21465 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21467 ;;;***
21469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21609 55608 852266 580000))
21470 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21472 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21473 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21474 \\<proced-mode-map>
21475 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21476 the process information.
21478 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21480 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21481 Proced buffers.
21483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21485 ;;;***
21487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21607 54478 800121
21488 ;;;;;; 42000))
21489 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21491 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21492 Start/restart profilers.
21493 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21494 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21495 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21497 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21499 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21500 Open profile FILENAME.
21502 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21504 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21505 Open profile FILENAME.
21507 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21509 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21510 Open profile FILENAME.
21512 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21514 ;;;***
21516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21607 54478
21517 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
21518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21520 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21521 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21523 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21524 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21526 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21528 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21529 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21531 Commands:
21532 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21534 \(fn)" t nil)
21536 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21537 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21538 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21540 \(fn)" t nil)
21542 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21543 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21544 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21546 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21548 ;;;***
21550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
21551 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21553 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21554 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21555 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21557 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21559 ;;;***
21561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21607 54478
21562 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
21563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21564 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21566 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21567 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21569 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21571 The following variables hold user options, and can
21572 be set through the `customize' command:
21574 `ps-mode-tab'
21575 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21576 `ps-mode-print-function'
21577 `ps-run-prompt'
21578 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21579 `ps-run-x'
21580 `ps-run-dumb'
21581 `ps-run-init'
21582 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21583 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21585 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21588 \\{ps-mode-map}
21591 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21592 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21593 The keymap for this second window is:
21595 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21598 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21599 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21600 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21601 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21602 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21604 \(fn)" t nil)
21606 ;;;***
21608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21607 54478 800121
21609 ;;;;;; 42000))
21610 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21611 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21613 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21614 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21615 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21617 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21619 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21620 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21621 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21622 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21624 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21626 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21627 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21629 Valid values are:
21631 nil Do not print colors.
21633 t Print colors.
21635 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21636 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21638 Any other value is treated as t.")
21640 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21642 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21643 Customization of ps-print group.
21645 \(fn)" t nil)
21647 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21648 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21650 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21651 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21652 sending it to the printer.
21654 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21655 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21656 image in a file with that name.
21658 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21660 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21661 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21662 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21663 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21664 so it has a way to determine color values.
21666 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21668 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21669 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21670 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21672 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21674 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21675 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21676 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21677 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21678 so it has a way to determine color values.
21680 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21682 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21683 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21684 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21685 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21687 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21689 \(fn)" t nil)
21691 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21692 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21693 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21694 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21695 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21697 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21699 \(fn)" t nil)
21701 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21702 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21703 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21705 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21707 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21709 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21710 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21711 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21712 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21713 so it has a way to determine color values.
21715 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21717 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21719 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21720 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21722 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21723 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21724 instead of sending it to the printer.
21726 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21727 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21728 image in a file with that name.
21730 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21732 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21733 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21734 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21735 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21736 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21738 \(fn)" t nil)
21740 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21741 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21742 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21744 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21746 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21747 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21748 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21750 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21752 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21753 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21755 \(fn)" nil nil)
21757 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21758 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21760 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21761 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21763 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21764 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21766 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21768 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21770 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21772 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21773 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21775 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21776 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21778 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21779 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21781 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21783 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21785 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21787 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21788 foreground and background colors respectively.
21790 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21791 bold - use bold font.
21792 italic - use italic font.
21793 underline - put a line under text.
21794 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21795 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21796 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21797 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21798 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21800 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21802 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21804 ;;;***
21806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21607 54477 800124
21807 ;;;;;; 118000))
21808 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21809 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21811 ;;;***
21813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21625 43838
21814 ;;;;;; 980113 968000))
21815 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21816 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21818 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21820 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21822 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21823 Run an inferior Python process.
21824 Input and output via buffer named after
21825 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21826 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21828 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
21829 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
21830 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
21831 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
21832 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21834 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21835 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21836 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21838 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21840 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21841 Major mode for editing Python files.
21843 \\{python-mode-map}
21845 \(fn)" t nil)
21847 ;;;***
21849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
21850 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21852 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21853 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21854 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21855 coding-system.
21857 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21858 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21860 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21861 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21862 them into characters should be done separately.
21864 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21866 ;;;***
21868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21607 54478
21869 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
21870 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21872 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21873 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21875 \(fn)" nil nil)
21877 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21878 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21879 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21881 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21882 `quail-activate', which see.
21884 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21886 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21887 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21888 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21889 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21890 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21891 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21892 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21894 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21895 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21896 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21897 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21898 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21899 shown.
21900 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21902 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21903 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21904 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21905 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21906 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21907 list of candidates.
21909 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21910 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21911 command to be called.
21913 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21914 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21915 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21916 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21918 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21919 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21920 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21921 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21922 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21923 to t.
21925 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21926 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21927 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21928 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21930 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21931 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21932 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21933 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21934 defines no translations for single character keys.
21936 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21937 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21938 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21939 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21940 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21941 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21943 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21944 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21945 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21946 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21947 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21948 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21950 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21951 covers Quail translation region.
21953 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21954 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21955 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21956 for it) is inserted.
21958 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21959 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21960 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21962 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21963 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21964 non-Quail commands.
21966 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21968 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21969 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21971 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21972 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21973 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21974 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21975 you type is correctly handled.
21977 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21979 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21980 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21982 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21983 keyboard type.
21985 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21987 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21988 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21989 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21990 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21991 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21992 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21993 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21994 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21995 for the translation.
21996 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21998 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21999 it is used to handle KEY.
22001 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22002 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22003 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22004 the following annotation types are supported.
22006 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22007 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22009 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22010 candidate list.
22012 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22013 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22014 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22015 inserted.
22017 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22018 generated for the following translations.
22020 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22022 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22023 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22025 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22026 which to install MAP.
22028 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22030 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22032 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22033 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22035 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22036 which to install MAP.
22038 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22040 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22042 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22043 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22044 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22045 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22046 a function, or a cons.
22047 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22048 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22049 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22050 for the translation.
22051 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22052 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22053 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22054 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22055 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22057 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22058 it is used to handle KEY.
22060 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22061 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22062 current Quail package.
22064 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22065 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22067 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22069 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22070 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22072 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22073 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22075 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22077 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22078 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22080 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22082 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22083 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22084 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22085 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22086 of the Emacs source tree.
22088 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22089 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22091 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22092 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22093 of each directory.
22095 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22097 ;;;***
22099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21607
22100 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
22101 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22103 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22104 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22105 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22106 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22108 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22110 ;;;***
22112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22113 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 300138 641000))
22114 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22116 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22117 Activate UCS input method.
22118 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22120 While this input method is active, the variable
22121 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22123 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22125 ;;;***
22127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21607 54478 300138
22128 ;;;;;; 641000))
22129 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22131 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22132 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22133 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22134 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22136 To make use of this do something like:
22138 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22140 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22142 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22143 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22145 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22146 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22147 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22149 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22151 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22152 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22154 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22156 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22157 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22159 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22160 is decided.
22162 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22164 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22165 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22167 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22168 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22169 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22171 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22173 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22174 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22176 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22178 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22179 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22181 \(fn)" t nil)
22183 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22184 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22186 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22188 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22190 \(fn)" t nil)
22192 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22193 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22195 \(fn)" t nil)
22197 ;;;***
22199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21607 54478 300138
22200 ;;;;;; 641000))
22201 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22203 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22204 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22206 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22208 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22210 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22212 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22214 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22217 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22219 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22220 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22221 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22222 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22223 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22224 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22226 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22228 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22229 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22230 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22231 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22232 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22236 ;;;***
22238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21607
22239 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
22240 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22242 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22244 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22245 Construct a regexp interactively.
22246 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22247 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22248 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22250 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22251 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22253 \(fn)" t nil)
22255 ;;;***
22257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21607 54478 800121
22258 ;;;;;; 42000))
22259 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22261 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22262 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22263 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22265 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22266 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22268 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22270 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22271 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22272 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22273 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22274 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22276 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22277 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22278 were operated on recently.
22280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22282 ;;;***
22284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
22285 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22287 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22288 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22289 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22290 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22291 ends.
22293 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22294 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22295 to be deleted.
22297 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22299 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22300 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22301 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22303 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22304 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22305 deleted.
22307 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22309 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22310 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22311 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22313 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22315 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22316 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22318 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22319 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22321 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22322 deleted.
22324 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22325 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22326 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22327 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22328 even beep.)
22330 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22332 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22333 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22335 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22337 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22338 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22340 \(fn)" t nil)
22342 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22343 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22344 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22345 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22346 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22347 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22348 and point is at the lower right corner.
22350 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22352 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22353 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22355 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22356 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22358 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22359 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22360 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22362 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22364 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22366 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22367 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22368 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22369 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22370 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22372 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22373 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22375 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22377 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22378 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22379 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22381 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22383 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22385 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22387 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22388 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22390 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22391 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22392 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22394 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22396 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22397 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22398 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22400 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22401 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22402 rectangle which were empty.
22404 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22406 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22407 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22409 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22410 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22411 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22412 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22414 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22416 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22417 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22418 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22422 ;;;***
22424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21607 54478
22425 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
22426 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22428 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22429 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22430 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22431 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22432 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22434 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22435 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22436 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22437 auto-filling.
22439 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22443 ;;;***
22445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21607 54478
22446 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
22447 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22448 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22449 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22450 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22451 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22453 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22454 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22456 \(fn)" nil nil)
22458 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22459 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22461 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22462 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22464 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22465 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22466 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22467 \\ref macro.
22469 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22470 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22471 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22473 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22474 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22475 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22477 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22478 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22480 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22481 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22483 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22484 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22485 on the menu bar.
22487 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22491 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22492 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22493 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22495 \(fn)" nil nil)
22497 ;;;***
22499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21607
22500 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
22501 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22502 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22503 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22504 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22505 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22507 ;;;***
22509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21607
22510 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
22511 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22513 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22514 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22515 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22516 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22517 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22518 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22520 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22521 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22523 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22524 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22525 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22526 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22528 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22530 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22531 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22532 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22533 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22535 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22537 ;;;***
22539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21607 54477 800124
22540 ;;;;;; 118000))
22541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22542 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22544 ;;;***
22546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21607 54478
22547 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
22548 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22549 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22551 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22552 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22553 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22554 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22556 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22558 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22560 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22561 Call `remember' in another frame.
22563 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22565 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22566 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22567 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22569 \(fn)" t nil)
22571 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22572 Extract diary entries from the region.
22574 \(fn)" nil nil)
22576 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22577 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22578 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22579 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22581 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22583 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22584 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22585 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22586 minor mode.
22588 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22590 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22591 Return the buffer.
22593 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22594 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22595 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22597 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22599 ;;;***
22601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
22602 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22603 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22605 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22606 Repeat most recently executed command.
22607 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22608 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22609 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22611 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22612 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22613 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22614 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22616 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22617 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22618 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22620 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22622 ;;;***
22624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21607 54478
22625 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
22626 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22628 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22629 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22631 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22632 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22633 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22634 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22635 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22636 and point is left after the salutation.
22638 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22639 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22640 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22641 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22642 left after that text.
22644 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22645 is non-nil.
22647 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22648 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22649 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22650 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22652 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22654 ;;;***
22656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21607 54478 800121
22657 ;;;;;; 42000))
22658 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22660 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22661 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22662 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22663 visibility of comments that precede it.
22664 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22665 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22666 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22667 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22668 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22669 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22670 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22671 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22672 the comment lines.
22673 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22674 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22675 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22676 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22677 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22681 ;;;***
22683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
22684 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22686 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22687 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22689 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22690 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22692 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22693 reveals invisible text around point.
22695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22697 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22698 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22699 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22700 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22701 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22702 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22704 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22706 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22707 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22708 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22711 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22712 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22716 ;;;***
22718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21607 54477 800124
22719 ;;;;;; 118000))
22720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22722 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22723 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22725 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22727 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22728 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22730 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22732 ;;;***
22734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21607 54478 300138
22735 ;;;;;; 641000))
22736 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22738 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22739 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22740 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22741 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22743 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22745 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22746 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22747 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22748 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22750 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22751 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22753 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22754 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22756 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22757 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22758 INPUT-ARGS.
22760 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22761 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22762 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22763 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22764 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22766 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22767 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22768 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22769 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22771 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22772 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22773 variable.
22775 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22777 ;;;***
22779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21607 54478 300138
22780 ;;;;;; 641000))
22781 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22783 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22784 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22786 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22788 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22790 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22791 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22792 Its name should end with a slash.")
22794 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22795 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22797 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22798 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22799 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22801 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22803 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22804 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22805 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22806 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22807 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22808 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22809 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22811 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22812 sent by you under different user names.
22813 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22815 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22817 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22819 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22821 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22822 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22823 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22824 explicitly.")
22826 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22828 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22829 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22830 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22831 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22832 which normally happens once for each message,
22833 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22834 To make a change in this variable take effect
22835 for a message that you have already viewed,
22836 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22838 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22840 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22841 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22842 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22843 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22845 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22847 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22848 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22850 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22852 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22853 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22854 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22856 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22858 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22859 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22860 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22861 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22862 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22863 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22865 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22867 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22868 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22870 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22872 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22873 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22875 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22877 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22878 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22880 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22881 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22883 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22885 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22886 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22888 This is set to nil by default.")
22890 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22891 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22892 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22893 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22894 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22895 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22896 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22898 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22899 Read and edit incoming mail.
22900 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22901 file in RMAIL Mode.
22902 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22904 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22905 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22906 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22907 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22909 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22911 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22913 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22914 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22915 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22916 Instead, these commands are available:
22918 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22919 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22920 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22921 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22922 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22923 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22924 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22925 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22926 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22927 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22928 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22929 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22930 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22931 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22932 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22933 till a deleted message is found.
22934 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22935 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22936 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22937 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22938 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22939 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22940 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22941 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22942 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22943 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22944 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22945 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
22946 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
22947 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22948 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22949 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22950 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22951 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22952 (label defaults to last one specified).
22953 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22954 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22955 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22956 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22957 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22958 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22959 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22960 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22961 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22963 \(fn)" t nil)
22965 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
22966 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22968 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22970 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
22971 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22973 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22975 ;;;***
22977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21607 54478
22978 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
22979 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22980 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
22982 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
22983 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
22984 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
22985 case it writes Babyl.
22987 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22988 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
22989 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
22990 `rmail-default-file'.
22992 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
22993 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
22994 buffer, updates it accordingly.
22996 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
22997 the header display is currently pruned.
22999 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23000 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23001 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23002 messages after output.
23004 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23005 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23006 message (if writing a file directly).
23008 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23009 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23011 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23013 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23014 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23015 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23016 i) the header is output as currently seen
23017 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23018 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23020 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23021 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23022 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23024 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23026 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23027 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23028 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23029 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23030 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23031 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23032 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23034 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23035 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23036 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23038 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23040 ;;;***
23042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21607 54478
23043 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23044 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23046 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23047 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23048 Return a pattern.
23050 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23052 ;;;***
23054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21607 54478
23055 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23056 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23058 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23059 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23060 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23061 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23063 \(fn)" t nil)
23065 ;;;***
23067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21607 54478
23068 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23069 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23071 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23072 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23074 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23075 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23076 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23077 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23078 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23079 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23080 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23081 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23082 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23083 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23085 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23086 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23087 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23088 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23089 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23090 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23091 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23092 to use for finding the schema.
23094 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23096 ;;;***
23098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21607 54478 300138
23099 ;;;;;; 641000))
23100 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23102 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23104 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23105 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23106 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23107 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23108 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23109 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23110 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23111 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23112 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23113 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23114 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23115 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23116 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23117 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23118 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23119 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23120 must be equal.
23122 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23124 ;;;***
23126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21607 54478
23127 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23128 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23130 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23131 Define a robin package.
23133 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23134 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23135 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23136 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23138 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23139 one replaces the old one.
23141 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23143 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23144 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23146 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23147 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23148 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23150 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23152 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23153 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23155 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23157 ;;;***
23159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
23160 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23162 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23163 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23165 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23167 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23168 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23170 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23172 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23173 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23175 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23177 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23178 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23179 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23181 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23182 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23183 in ROT13.
23185 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23187 \(fn)" t nil)
23189 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23190 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23192 \(fn)" t nil)
23194 ;;;***
23196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21607 54478 800121
23197 ;;;;;; 42000))
23198 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23201 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23202 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23203 \\<rst-mode-map>
23205 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23206 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23207 highlighting.
23209 \\{rst-mode-map}
23211 \(fn)" t nil)
23213 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23214 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23215 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23216 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23217 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23219 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23220 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23221 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23225 ;;;***
23227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21607
23228 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
23229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23230 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23232 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23233 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23235 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23237 \(fn)" t nil)
23239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23241 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23243 ;;;***
23245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21607 54478 800121
23246 ;;;;;; 42000))
23247 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23248 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23250 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23251 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23252 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23254 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23255 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23257 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23258 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23262 ;;;***
23264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21607 54477 800124
23265 ;;;;;; 118000))
23266 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23268 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23269 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23270 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23271 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23273 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23275 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23276 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23277 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23279 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23280 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23281 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23283 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23284 notation.
23286 STRING
23287 matches string STRING literally.
23289 CHAR
23290 matches character CHAR literally.
23292 `not-newline', `nonl'
23293 matches any character except a newline.
23295 `anything'
23296 matches any character
23298 `(any SET ...)'
23299 `(in SET ...)'
23300 `(char SET ...)'
23301 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23302 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23303 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23305 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23306 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23307 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23308 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23310 `(not (any SET ...))'
23311 matches any character not in SET ...
23313 `line-start', `bol'
23314 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23315 in the text being matched
23317 `line-end', `eol'
23318 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23320 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23321 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23322 string being matched against.
23324 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23325 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23326 string being matched against.
23328 `buffer-start'
23329 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23330 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23332 `buffer-end'
23333 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23334 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23336 `point'
23337 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23339 `word-start', `bow'
23340 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23342 `word-end', `eow'
23343 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23345 `word-boundary'
23346 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23347 word.
23349 `(not word-boundary)'
23350 `not-word-boundary'
23351 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23352 word.
23354 `symbol-start'
23355 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23357 `symbol-end'
23358 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23360 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23361 matches 0 through 9.
23363 `control', `cntrl'
23364 matches ASCII control characters.
23366 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23367 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23369 `blank'
23370 matches space and tab only.
23372 `graphic', `graph'
23373 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23374 space, and DEL.
23376 `printing', `print'
23377 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23378 and DEL.
23380 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23381 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23382 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23384 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23385 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23386 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23388 `ascii'
23389 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23391 `nonascii'
23392 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23394 `lower', `lower-case'
23395 matches anything lower-case.
23397 `upper', `upper-case'
23398 matches anything upper-case.
23400 `punctuation', `punct'
23401 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23402 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23404 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23405 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23407 `word', `wordchar'
23408 matches anything that has word syntax.
23410 `not-wordchar'
23411 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23413 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23414 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23415 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23416 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23418 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23419 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23420 `word' (\\sw)
23421 `symbol' (\\s_)
23422 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23423 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23424 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23425 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23426 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23427 `escape' (\\s\\)
23428 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23429 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23430 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23431 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23432 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23434 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23435 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23437 `(category CATEGORY)'
23438 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23439 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23441 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23442 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23443 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23444 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23445 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23446 `symbol' (\\c5)
23447 `digit' (\\c6)
23448 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23449 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23450 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23451 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23452 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23453 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23454 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23455 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23456 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23457 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23458 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23459 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23460 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23461 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23462 `ascii' (\\ca)
23463 `arabic' (\\cb)
23464 `chinese' (\\cc)
23465 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23466 `greek' (\\cg)
23467 `korean' (\\ch)
23468 `indian' (\\ci)
23469 `japanese' (\\cj)
23470 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23471 `latin' (\\cl)
23472 `lao' (\\co)
23473 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23474 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23475 `thai' (\\ct)
23476 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23477 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23478 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23479 `can-break' (\\c|)
23481 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23482 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23484 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23485 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23486 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23487 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23488 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23490 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23491 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23492 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23493 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23495 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23496 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23497 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23498 group number N.
23500 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23501 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23502 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23503 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23504 regular expression.
23506 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23507 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23508 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23509 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23510 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23512 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23513 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23515 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23516 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23518 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23519 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23520 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23522 `(* SEXP ...)'
23523 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23524 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23526 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23527 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23528 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23530 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23531 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23532 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23534 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23535 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23537 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23538 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23540 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23541 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23542 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23543 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23545 `(? SEXP ...)'
23546 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23548 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23549 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23551 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23552 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23553 matches N occurrences.
23555 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23556 matches N or more occurrences.
23558 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23559 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23560 matches N to M occurrences.
23562 `(backref N)'
23563 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23565 `(eval FORM)'
23566 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23567 `regexp-quote' it.
23569 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23570 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23572 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23574 ;;;***
23576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21607 54478
23577 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23578 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23579 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23581 ;;;***
23583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21607 54478 800121
23584 ;;;;;; 42000))
23585 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23586 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23588 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23589 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23590 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23591 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23592 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23593 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23595 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23597 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23598 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23599 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23600 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23601 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23603 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23604 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23605 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23606 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23608 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23609 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23610 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23614 ;;;***
23616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21607 54478
23617 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
23618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23620 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23621 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23622 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23624 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23625 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23626 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23627 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23628 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23629 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23630 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23631 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23633 Commands:
23634 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23635 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23636 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23638 \(fn)" t nil)
23640 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23641 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23642 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23644 Commands:
23645 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23646 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23647 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23648 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23649 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23650 that variable's value is a string.
23652 \(fn)" t nil)
23654 ;;;***
23656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21607 54478
23657 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23658 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23660 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23661 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23662 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23664 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23666 \(fn)" t nil)
23668 ;;;***
23670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21607 54478 800121
23671 ;;;;;; 42000))
23672 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23674 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23675 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23676 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23677 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23678 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23679 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23681 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23683 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23684 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23685 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23686 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23687 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23689 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23690 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23694 ;;;***
23696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21607 54478
23697 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
23698 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23700 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23701 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23702 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23703 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23704 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23705 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23706 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23707 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23711 ;;;***
23713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21607 54478 300138
23714 ;;;;;; 641000))
23715 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23716 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23717 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23719 ;;;***
23721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21609 55608
23722 ;;;;;; 852266 580000))
23723 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23724 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23726 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23727 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23728 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23730 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23731 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23732 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23733 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23734 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23735 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23736 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23737 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23738 keybinding for tag names.
23739 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23740 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23741 of the symbol under point.
23742 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23743 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23744 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23745 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23746 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23747 syntax tokens.
23748 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23750 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23752 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23753 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23754 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23756 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23757 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23759 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23761 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23762 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23763 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23764 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23765 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23767 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23768 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23769 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23770 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23771 Semantic mode.
23773 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23777 ;;;***
23779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23780 ;;;;;; (21607 54477 800124 118000))
23781 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23783 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23784 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23786 \(fn)" t nil)
23788 ;;;***
23790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23791 ;;;;;; (21607 54477 800124 118000))
23792 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23794 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23795 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23797 \(fn)" t nil)
23799 ;;;***
23801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21607 54478
23802 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23803 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23805 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23806 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23808 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23809 king@grassland.com
23810 If `parens', they look like:
23811 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23812 If `angles', they look like:
23813 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23815 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23816 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23818 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23820 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23821 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23822 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23823 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23825 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23826 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23827 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23828 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23830 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23832 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23833 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23834 This is done when the message is initialized,
23835 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23837 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23839 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23840 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23841 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23843 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23845 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23846 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23847 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23848 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23849 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23850 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23851 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23853 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23855 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23856 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23858 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23860 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23861 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23862 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23863 be a Babyl file.")
23865 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23867 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23868 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23869 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23870 when you first send mail.")
23872 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23874 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23875 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23876 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23877 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23878 This file need not actually exist.")
23880 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23882 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23883 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23885 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23887 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23888 Alist of mail address aliases,
23889 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23890 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23891 can specify a different file name.)
23892 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23893 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23895 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23896 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23897 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23899 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23901 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23902 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23903 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23905 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23907 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23908 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23909 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23910 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23911 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23912 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23913 in the cited portion of the message.
23915 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23916 instead of no action.")
23918 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23920 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
23921 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23922 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23923 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23924 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23926 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23928 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23929 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23930 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23931 If a string, that string is inserted.
23932 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23933 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23934 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23935 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23937 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23939 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23940 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23942 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23944 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23945 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23946 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23948 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23949 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23951 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23953 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23954 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23955 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23956 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23958 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23960 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
23961 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
23962 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
23964 \(fn)" nil nil)
23966 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
23968 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
23971 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
23973 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
23974 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23975 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23977 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23978 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23980 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23981 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23982 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23983 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23984 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23985 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23986 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23987 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23988 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23989 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23990 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
23991 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
23992 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23993 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23995 \(fn)" t nil)
23997 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23998 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23999 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24000 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24002 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24004 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24005 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24006 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24007 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24008 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24009 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24011 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24012 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24013 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24015 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24016 User should not set this variable manually,
24017 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24018 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24019 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24021 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24022 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24023 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24024 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24026 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24027 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24029 \\<mail-mode-map>
24030 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24032 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24033 to move to message header fields:
24034 \\{mail-mode-map}
24036 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24037 when the message is initialized.
24039 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24040 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24042 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24043 is inserted.
24045 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24046 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24048 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24049 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24050 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24051 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24052 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24053 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24054 buffer without erasing the contents.
24056 The second through fifth arguments,
24057 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24058 the initial contents of those header fields.
24059 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24060 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24061 original message being replied to, or else an action
24062 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24063 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24064 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24065 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24066 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24067 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24069 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24071 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24072 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24074 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24076 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24077 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24079 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24081 ;;;***
24083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
24084 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24086 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24088 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24090 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24092 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24093 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24094 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24095 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24096 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24097 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24099 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24100 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24102 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24103 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24104 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24106 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24107 \\[server-start].
24109 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24111 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24112 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24113 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24114 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24116 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24118 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24119 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24120 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24121 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24122 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24123 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24125 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24127 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24128 Toggle Server mode.
24129 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24130 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24131 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24133 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24134 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24135 `server-start' for details.
24137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24139 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24140 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24141 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24143 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24144 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24146 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24148 ;;;***
24150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
24151 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24153 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24154 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24156 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24157 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24158 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24159 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24160 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24162 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24163 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24164 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24165 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24166 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24167 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24169 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24170 displayed.
24172 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24173 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24174 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24176 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24177 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24179 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24180 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24182 \\{ses-mode-map}
24183 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24184 part):
24185 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24186 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24187 formula:
24188 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24190 \(fn)" t nil)
24192 ;;;***
24194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21623
24195 ;;;;;; 2108 292281 129000))
24196 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24198 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24199 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24200 Makes > match <.
24201 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24202 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24204 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24205 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24206 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24208 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24209 in your init file.
24211 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24213 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24214 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24215 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24217 \(fn)" t nil)
24219 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24220 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24221 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24222 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24223 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24224 which this is based.
24226 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24228 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24229 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24230 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24231 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24233 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24234 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24235 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24237 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24238 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24239 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24240 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24242 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24243 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24244 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24245 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24247 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24249 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24250 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24251 To work around that, do:
24252 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24254 \\{html-mode-map}
24256 \(fn)" t nil)
24258 ;;;***
24260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21607
24261 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
24262 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24263 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24264 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24266 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24267 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24268 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24269 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24270 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24271 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24273 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24274 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24275 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24276 shell-specific features.
24278 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24279 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24280 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24281 \\<sh-mode-map>
24282 \\[sh-case] case statement
24283 \\[sh-for] for loop
24284 \\[sh-function] function definition
24285 \\[sh-if] if statement
24286 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24287 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24288 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24289 \\[sh-select] select loop
24290 \\[sh-until] until loop
24291 \\[sh-while] while loop
24293 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24294 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24295 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24296 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24297 would indent to the way it currently is.
24298 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24299 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24302 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24303 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24304 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24305 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24306 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24307 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24309 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24310 unquoted < insert a here document.
24312 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24313 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24314 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24316 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24317 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24319 \(fn)" t nil)
24321 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24323 ;;;***
24325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21607 54477
24326 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
24327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24329 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24330 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24332 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24333 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24334 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24336 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24337 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24338 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24339 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24340 the earlier.
24342 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24344 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24346 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24347 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24348 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24350 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24351 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24353 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24354 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24355 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24356 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24357 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24358 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24359 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24360 Emacs version).
24362 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24363 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24364 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24365 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24366 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24368 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24369 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24371 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24373 ;;;***
24375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21607 54478 800121
24376 ;;;;;; 42000))
24377 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24379 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24380 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24381 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24382 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24383 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24384 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24385 sites in the cluster.
24387 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24389 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24390 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24391 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24392 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24393 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24395 \(fn)" t nil)
24397 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24398 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24399 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24400 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24401 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24402 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24403 `shadow-define-cluster').
24405 \(fn)" t nil)
24407 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24408 Set up file shadowing.
24410 \(fn)" t nil)
24412 ;;;***
24414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
24415 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24417 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24418 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24419 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24420 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24421 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24422 arguments.")
24424 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24426 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24427 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24428 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24429 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24430 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24432 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24433 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24434 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24435 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24436 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24437 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24438 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24439 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24440 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24441 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24442 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24444 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24445 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24446 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24447 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24448 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24449 `default-process-coding-system'.
24451 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24452 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24453 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24454 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24456 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24458 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24460 ;;;***
24462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21623 2108 292281 129000))
24463 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24465 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24466 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24468 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24470 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24471 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24472 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24473 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24475 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24477 ;;;***
24479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21607 54478 300138
24480 ;;;;;; 641000))
24481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24483 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24486 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24488 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24491 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24493 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24496 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24498 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24501 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24503 ;;;***
24505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21607 54478
24506 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
24507 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24509 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24510 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24511 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24512 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24513 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24515 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24517 \(fn)" t nil)
24519 ;;;***
24521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21607 54478
24522 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
24523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24525 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24526 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24527 \\{simula-mode-map}
24528 Variables controlling indentation style:
24529 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24530 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24531 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24532 `simula-indent-level'
24533 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24534 `simula-substatement-offset'
24535 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24536 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24537 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24538 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24539 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24540 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24541 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24542 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24543 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24544 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24545 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24546 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24547 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24548 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24549 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24550 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24551 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24552 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24553 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24554 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24555 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24556 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24557 or nil if they should not be changed.
24558 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24559 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24560 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24561 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24563 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24564 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24566 \(fn)" t nil)
24568 ;;;***
24570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21607 54478 800121
24571 ;;;;;; 42000))
24572 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24574 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24575 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24577 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24578 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24579 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24580 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24582 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24584 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24586 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24587 Insert SKELETON.
24588 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24589 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24590 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24591 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24592 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24594 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24595 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24597 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24599 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24600 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24602 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24603 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24604 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24605 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24607 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24608 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24609 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24610 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24612 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24613 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24614 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24616 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24617 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24619 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24620 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24622 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24623 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24624 is at bol/eol
24625 _ interesting point, interregion here
24626 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24627 interesting point set by _
24628 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24629 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24630 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24631 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24632 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24633 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24634 nil skipped
24636 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24637 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24639 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24640 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24641 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24642 as the first element when at bol.
24644 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24645 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24646 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24647 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24648 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24649 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24650 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24651 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24653 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24654 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24655 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24656 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24657 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24658 available:
24660 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24661 then: insert previously read string once more
24662 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24663 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24664 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24666 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24667 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24669 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24671 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24672 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24674 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24675 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24676 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24677 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24678 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24679 such as backslash.
24681 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24682 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24683 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24685 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24687 ;;;***
24689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21628 45530
24690 ;;;;;; 160140 360000))
24691 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24693 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24694 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24695 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24696 buffer names.
24698 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24700 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24701 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24702 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24703 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24704 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24705 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24709 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24710 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24711 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24713 \(fn)" t nil)
24715 ;;;***
24717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21607 54478 300138
24718 ;;;;;; 641000))
24719 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24721 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24722 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24723 A list of images is returned.
24725 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24727 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24728 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24729 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24731 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24733 ;;;***
24735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21619 5051 260148
24736 ;;;;;; 536000))
24737 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24739 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24742 \(fn)" nil nil)
24744 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24745 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24747 \(fn)" t nil)
24749 ;;;***
24751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21607 54478 800121
24752 ;;;;;; 42000))
24753 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24755 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24756 Play the Snake game.
24757 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24759 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24761 Snake mode keybindings:
24762 \\<snake-mode-map>
24763 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24764 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24765 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24766 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24767 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24768 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24769 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24771 \(fn)" t nil)
24773 ;;;***
24775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21607 54478
24776 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
24777 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24779 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24780 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24781 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24782 Tab indents for C code.
24783 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24784 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24785 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24786 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24787 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24789 \(fn)" t nil)
24791 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24792 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24793 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24794 Tab indents for C code.
24795 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24796 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24797 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24798 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24799 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24801 \(fn)" t nil)
24803 ;;;***
24805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21607 54477 800124
24806 ;;;;;; 118000))
24807 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24809 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24810 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24811 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24812 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24813 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24815 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24819 ;;;***
24821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21607 54478
24822 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
24823 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24825 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24826 Play Solitaire.
24828 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24829 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24830 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24831 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24832 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24833 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24834 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24835 check after each move or undo.)
24837 What is Solitaire?
24839 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24840 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24841 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24843 Le Solitaire
24844 ============
24846 o o o
24848 o o o
24850 o o o o o o o
24852 o o o . o o o
24854 o o o o o o o
24856 o o o
24858 o o o
24860 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24861 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24862 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24863 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24865 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24866 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24867 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24868 this: o o .
24870 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24871 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24873 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24875 o o o
24877 . o o
24879 o o . o o o o
24881 o . o o o o o
24883 o o o o o o o
24885 o o o
24887 o o o
24889 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24891 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24893 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24895 ;;;***
24897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
24898 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24899 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24901 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24902 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24904 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24905 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24906 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24907 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24908 contiguous.
24910 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24911 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24912 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24913 the sort order.
24915 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24916 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24918 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24919 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24920 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24921 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24922 is called.
24924 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24925 It should move point to the end of the record.
24927 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24928 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24929 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24930 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24931 starts at the beginning of the record.
24933 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24934 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24935 same as ENDRECFUN.
24937 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
24938 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
24939 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
24940 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
24941 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
24942 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
24943 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
24945 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24947 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24948 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24949 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24950 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24951 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24952 the sort order.
24954 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24956 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24957 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24958 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24959 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24960 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24961 the sort order.
24963 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24965 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24966 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24967 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24968 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24969 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24970 the sort order.
24972 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24973 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24975 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24976 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24977 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24978 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24979 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24980 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24981 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24982 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24983 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24985 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24987 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24988 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24989 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24990 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24991 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24992 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24993 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24994 the sort order.
24996 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24998 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24999 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25000 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25001 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25003 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25004 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25006 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25007 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25008 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25009 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25010 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25011 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25012 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25013 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25015 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25017 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25018 the sort order.
25020 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25021 starting with the letter \"f\",
25022 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25024 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25026 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25027 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25028 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25029 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25030 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25031 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25032 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25033 the sort order.
25035 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25036 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25037 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25038 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25039 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25041 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25043 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25044 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25045 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25047 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25049 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25050 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25051 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25052 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25053 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25054 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25055 each repeated line.
25057 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25058 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25059 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25060 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25062 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25063 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25065 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25066 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25068 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25070 ;;;***
25072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
25073 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25075 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25076 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25077 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25078 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25079 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25080 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25082 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25084 ;;;***
25086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21607
25087 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
25088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25090 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25091 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25093 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25094 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25095 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25097 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25099 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25100 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25101 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25102 server.
25104 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25106 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25107 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25108 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25110 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25112 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25113 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25114 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25115 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25116 Agent is plugged.
25118 \(fn)" t nil)
25120 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25121 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25122 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25123 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25125 \(fn)" t nil)
25127 ;;;***
25129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21607 54478 800121
25130 ;;;;;; 42000))
25131 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25133 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25135 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25136 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25137 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25138 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25139 supported at a time.
25140 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25141 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25145 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25146 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25147 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25148 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25150 \(fn)" t nil)
25152 ;;;***
25154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21607 54478 800121
25155 ;;;;;; 42000))
25156 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25158 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25159 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25161 \(fn)" t nil)
25163 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25164 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25166 \(fn)" nil nil)
25168 ;;;***
25170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21607 54478 800121
25171 ;;;;;; 42000))
25172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25173 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25175 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25176 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25178 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25179 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25180 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25181 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25182 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25183 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25184 of the current highlighting list.
25186 For example:
25188 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25189 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25191 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25192 `_t' as data types.
25194 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25196 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25197 Major mode to edit SQL.
25199 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25200 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25201 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25203 \\{sql-mode-map}
25204 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25206 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25207 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25208 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25209 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25210 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25211 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25213 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25214 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25216 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25217 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25218 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25220 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25221 (lambda ()
25222 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25224 \(fn)" t nil)
25226 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25227 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25229 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25230 their settings.
25232 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25233 is specified in the connection settings.
25235 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25237 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25238 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25240 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25241 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25243 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25244 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25245 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25246 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25248 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25250 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25252 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25253 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25255 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25256 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25257 `*SQL*'.
25259 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25260 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25261 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25262 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25264 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25265 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25267 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25268 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25269 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25270 buffer.
25272 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25273 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25274 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25275 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25276 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25277 `default-process-coding-system'.
25279 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25281 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25283 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25284 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25286 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25287 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25288 `*SQL*'.
25290 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25291 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25292 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25293 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25295 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25296 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25298 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25299 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25300 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25301 buffer.
25303 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25304 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25305 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25306 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25307 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25308 `default-process-coding-system'.
25310 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25312 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25314 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25315 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25317 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25318 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25319 `*SQL*'.
25321 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25322 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25324 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25325 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25327 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25328 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25329 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25330 buffer.
25332 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25333 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25334 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25335 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25336 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25337 `default-process-coding-system'.
25339 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25341 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25343 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25344 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25346 SQLite is free software.
25348 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25349 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25350 `*SQL*'.
25352 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25353 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25354 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25355 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25357 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25358 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25360 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25361 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25362 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25363 buffer.
25365 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25366 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25367 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25368 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25369 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25370 `default-process-coding-system'.
25372 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25374 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25376 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25377 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25379 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25381 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25382 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25383 `*SQL*'.
25385 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25386 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25387 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25388 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25390 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25391 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25393 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25394 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25395 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25396 buffer.
25398 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25399 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25400 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25401 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25402 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25403 `default-process-coding-system'.
25405 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25407 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25409 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25410 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25412 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25413 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25414 `*SQL*'.
25416 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25417 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25418 defaults, if set.
25420 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25421 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25423 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25424 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25425 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25426 buffer.
25428 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25429 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25430 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25431 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25432 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25433 `default-process-coding-system'.
25435 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25437 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25439 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25440 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25442 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25443 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25444 `*SQL*'.
25446 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25447 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25449 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25450 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25452 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25453 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25454 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25455 buffer.
25457 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25458 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25459 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25460 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25461 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25462 `default-process-coding-system'.
25464 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25466 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25468 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25469 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25471 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25472 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25473 `*SQL*'.
25475 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25476 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25477 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25478 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25480 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25481 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25483 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25484 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25485 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25486 buffer.
25488 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25489 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25490 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25491 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25492 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25493 `default-process-coding-system'.
25495 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25497 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25499 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25500 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25502 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25503 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25504 `*SQL*'.
25506 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25507 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25508 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25509 `sql-postgres-options'.
25511 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25512 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25514 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25515 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25516 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25517 buffer.
25519 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25520 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25521 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25522 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25523 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25524 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25525 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25526 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25528 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25529 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25531 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25533 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25535 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25536 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25538 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25539 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25540 `*SQL*'.
25542 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25543 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25544 defaults, if set.
25546 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25547 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25549 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25550 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25551 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25552 buffer.
25554 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25555 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25556 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25557 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25558 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25559 `default-process-coding-system'.
25561 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25563 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25565 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25566 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25568 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25569 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25570 `*SQL*'.
25572 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25573 automatic login.
25575 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25576 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25578 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25579 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25580 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25581 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25583 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25584 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25585 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25586 buffer.
25588 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25589 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25590 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25591 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25592 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25593 `default-process-coding-system'.
25595 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25597 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25599 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25600 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25602 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25603 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25604 `*SQL*'.
25606 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25607 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25608 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25609 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25610 parameters.
25612 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25613 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25614 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25615 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25616 an empty password.
25618 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25619 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25621 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25622 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25623 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25624 buffer.
25626 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25628 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25630 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
25631 Run vsql as an inferior process.
25633 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25635 ;;;***
25637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21607 54477 800124
25638 ;;;;;; 118000))
25639 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25640 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25642 ;;;***
25644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25645 ;;;;;; (21607 54477 800124 118000))
25646 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25648 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25649 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25651 \(fn)" t nil)
25653 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25655 ;;;***
25657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21607 54478
25658 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
25659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25661 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25662 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25663 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25664 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25665 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25666 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25667 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25668 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25669 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25670 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25671 with any buffer
25672 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25673 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25674 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25675 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25677 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25679 ;;;***
25681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21607 54478 800121
25682 ;;;;;; 42000))
25683 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25685 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25686 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25687 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25688 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25689 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25690 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25692 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25694 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25696 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25697 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25698 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25699 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25700 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25701 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25702 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25704 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25706 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25707 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25708 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25709 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25710 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25711 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25712 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25714 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25716 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25717 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25718 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25720 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25722 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25723 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25724 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25726 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25728 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25729 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25731 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25733 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25734 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25736 \(fn)" t nil)
25738 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25739 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25741 \(fn)" t nil)
25743 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25744 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25745 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25746 by command name.
25747 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25749 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25751 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25752 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25753 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25755 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25756 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25758 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25760 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25761 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25762 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25763 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25764 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25766 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25767 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25768 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25769 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25770 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25772 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25773 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25774 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25775 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25777 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25781 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25782 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25783 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25784 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25786 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25788 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25789 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25791 \(fn)" t nil)
25793 ;;;***
25795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
25796 ;;;;;; 42000))
25797 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25799 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25800 Studlify-case the region.
25802 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25804 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25805 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25807 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25809 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25810 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25812 \(fn)" t nil)
25814 ;;;***
25816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21607 54478
25817 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
25818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25820 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
25822 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25823 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25824 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25825 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25826 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25828 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25829 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
25830 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25831 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25833 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25834 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25835 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25837 Nomenclature Subwords
25838 ===========================================================
25839 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25840 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25841 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25843 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
25844 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
25846 \\{subword-mode-map}
25848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25850 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25851 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25852 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25853 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25854 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25855 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25857 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25859 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25860 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25861 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25862 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25863 ARG is omitted or nil.
25865 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25866 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25867 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25871 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25872 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25877 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25878 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
25879 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
25880 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
25882 \\{superword-mode-map}
25884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25886 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25887 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25888 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25889 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25890 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25891 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25893 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25895 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25896 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25897 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25898 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25899 ARG is omitted or nil.
25901 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25902 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25903 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25907 ;;;***
25909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21607 54478
25910 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
25911 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25913 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25914 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25915 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25916 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25917 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25918 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25919 original message but it does require a few things:
25921 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25923 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25924 reply buffer.
25926 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25927 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25928 original message.
25930 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25932 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25934 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25935 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25936 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25938 \(fn)" nil nil)
25940 ;;;***
25942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21607 54478 800121
25943 ;;;;;; 42000))
25944 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25946 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25948 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25949 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25950 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25953 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25955 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25957 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25958 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
25959 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
25960 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25961 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25963 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25964 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25965 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25969 ;;;***
25971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
25972 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25974 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25975 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25976 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
25977 buffer.
25979 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25980 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25981 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25983 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25985 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25986 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25987 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25988 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25989 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
25990 buffer.
25992 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25993 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25994 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25996 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25998 ;;;***
26000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21607 54478 800121
26001 ;;;;;; 42000))
26002 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26004 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26005 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26006 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26008 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26010 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26011 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26013 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26015 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26016 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26018 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26020 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26021 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26023 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26025 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26026 Insert an editable text table.
26027 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26028 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26029 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26030 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26031 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26032 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26033 delimiting them.
26035 Examples:
26037 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26039 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26040 location of point.
26044 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26045 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26046 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26047 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26048 first cell.
26050 +-----+-----+-----+
26051 |-!- | | |
26052 +-----+-----+-----+
26054 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26056 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26057 width, which results as
26059 +--------------+-----+-----+
26060 |-!- | | |
26061 +--------------+-----+-----+
26063 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26064 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26066 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26067 | | |-!- |
26068 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26070 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26071 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26072 width information to `table-insert'.
26074 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26076 instead of
26078 Cell width(s): 5
26080 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26081 work all together.
26083 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26084 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26086 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26087 |-!- | | |
26088 | | | |
26089 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26091 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26093 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26094 |-!- | | |
26095 | | | |
26096 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26097 | | | |
26098 | | | |
26099 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26101 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26103 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26104 | | | |
26105 | | | |
26106 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26107 | | | |
26108 | | | |
26109 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26112 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26113 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26114 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26116 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26117 | | | |
26118 | | | |
26119 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26120 | | | |
26121 | | | |
26122 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26123 |-!- | | |
26124 | | | |
26125 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26127 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26128 results.
26130 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26131 | | | |
26132 | | | |
26133 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26134 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26135 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26136 | | |expected results.-!- |
26137 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26138 | | | |
26139 | | | |
26140 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26142 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26144 \\{table-cell-map}
26146 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26148 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26149 Insert N table row(s).
26150 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26151 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26152 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26153 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26155 \(fn N)" t nil)
26157 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26158 Insert N table column(s).
26159 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26160 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26161 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26162 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26164 \(fn N)" t nil)
26166 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26167 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26168 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26170 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26172 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26173 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26174 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26175 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26176 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26177 all the table specific features.
26179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26181 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26184 \(fn)" t nil)
26186 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26187 Recognize all tables within region.
26188 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26189 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26190 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26191 specific features.
26193 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26195 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26198 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26200 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26201 Recognize a table at point.
26202 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26203 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26204 the table specific features.
26206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26208 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26211 \(fn)" t nil)
26213 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26214 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26215 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26216 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26217 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26218 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26219 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26221 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26223 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26226 \(fn)" t nil)
26228 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26229 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26230 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26231 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26232 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26233 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26234 specified.
26236 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26238 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26239 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26240 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26241 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26242 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26243 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26244 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26245 table structure.
26247 \(fn N)" t nil)
26249 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26250 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26251 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26252 table's rectangle structure.
26254 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26256 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26257 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26258 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26259 table's rectangle structure.
26261 \(fn N)" t nil)
26263 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26264 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26265 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26266 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26267 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26269 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26271 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26272 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26273 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26275 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26276 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26277 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26278 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26279 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26280 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26281 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26283 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26284 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26285 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26286 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26287 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26288 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26289 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26291 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26292 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26293 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26294 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26295 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26296 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26297 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26298 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26300 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26302 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26303 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26304 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26305 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26309 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26310 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26311 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26313 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26315 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26316 Split current cell vertically.
26317 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26319 \(fn)" t nil)
26321 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26322 Split current cell horizontally.
26323 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26325 \(fn)" t nil)
26327 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26328 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26329 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26331 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26333 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26334 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26335 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26336 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26338 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26340 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26341 Justify cell contents.
26342 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26343 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26344 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26345 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26347 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26349 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26350 Justify cells of a row.
26351 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26352 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26354 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26356 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26357 Justify cells of a column.
26358 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26359 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26361 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26363 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26364 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26365 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26366 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26367 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26368 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26369 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26370 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26371 run-time.
26373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26375 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26376 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26377 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26378 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26379 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26380 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26381 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26382 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26383 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26384 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26385 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26387 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26389 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26390 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26391 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26392 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26393 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26394 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26395 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26396 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26397 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26398 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26399 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26400 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26401 untouched.
26403 References used for this implementation:
26405 HTML:
26406 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26408 LaTeX:
26409 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26411 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26412 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26413 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26415 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26417 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26418 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26419 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26420 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26421 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26422 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26423 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26424 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26425 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26426 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26427 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26428 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26429 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26430 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26431 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26432 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26433 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26435 Example:
26437 (progn
26438 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26439 (table-forward-cell 15)
26440 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26441 (table-forward-cell 16)
26442 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26443 (table-forward-cell 1)
26444 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26446 (progn
26447 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26448 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26449 (table-forward-cell 1)
26450 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26452 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26454 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26455 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26456 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26457 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26458 consists from cells of same height.
26460 \(fn N)" t nil)
26462 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26463 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26464 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26465 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26466 column must consists from cells of same width.
26468 \(fn N)" t nil)
26470 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26471 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26472 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26473 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26474 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26475 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26476 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26477 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26478 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26479 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26480 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26481 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26482 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26483 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26484 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26487 Example 1:
26489 1, 2, 3, 4
26490 5, 6, 7, 8
26491 , 9, 10
26493 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26494 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26495 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26496 specified as 5.
26498 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26499 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26500 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26501 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26502 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26503 | | 9 | 10 | |
26504 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26506 Note:
26508 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26509 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26510 of each row is optional.
26513 Example 2:
26515 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26516 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26517 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26518 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26519 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26521 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26522 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26524 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26525 expression and raw delimiter regular
26526 expression, it parses the specified text
26527 area and extracts cell items from
26528 non-table text and then forms a table out
26529 of them.
26531 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26532 creates a single cell table. The text in
26533 the specified region is placed in that
26534 cell.-*-
26536 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26537 like this.
26539 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26540 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26541 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26543 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26544 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26545 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26546 | area and extracts cell items from |
26547 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26548 | of them. |
26550 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26551 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26552 | the specified region is placed in that |
26553 | cell. |
26554 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26556 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26557 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26558 independently.
26560 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26561 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26562 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26563 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26564 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26565 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26566 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26567 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26568 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26569 | |of them. |
26570 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26571 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26572 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26573 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26574 | |cell. |
26575 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26577 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26578 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26579 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26581 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26583 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26584 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26585 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26586 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26587 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26589 \(fn)" t nil)
26591 ;;;***
26593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
26594 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26596 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26597 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26599 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26601 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26602 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26604 \(fn)" t nil)
26606 ;;;***
26608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21607 54478 800121
26609 ;;;;;; 42000))
26610 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26612 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26613 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26614 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26615 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26616 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26617 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26618 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26620 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26621 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26622 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26623 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26625 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26626 \\{tar-mode-map}
26628 \(fn)" t nil)
26630 ;;;***
26632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21607 54478 800121
26633 ;;;;;; 42000))
26634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26636 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26637 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26638 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26639 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26640 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26641 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26643 Variables controlling indentation style:
26644 `tcl-indent-level'
26645 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26646 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26647 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26649 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26650 documentation for details):
26651 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26652 Controls action of TAB key.
26653 `tcl-auto-newline'
26654 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26655 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26656 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26657 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26658 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26660 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26661 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26662 already exist.
26664 \(fn)" t nil)
26666 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26667 Run inferior Tcl process.
26668 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26669 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26671 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26673 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26674 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26675 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26677 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26679 ;;;***
26681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21607 54478 300138
26682 ;;;;;; 641000))
26683 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26685 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26686 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26687 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26688 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26690 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26691 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26692 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26693 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26694 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26696 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26698 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26699 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26700 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26701 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26703 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26705 ;;;***
26707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
26708 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26710 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26711 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26712 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26713 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26714 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26715 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26717 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26719 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26720 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26721 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26722 commands to use in that buffer.
26724 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26726 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26728 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26729 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26731 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26733 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26734 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26735 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26736 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26737 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26738 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26739 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26740 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26741 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26742 use in that buffer.
26743 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26745 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26747 ;;;***
26749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21607
26750 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
26751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26753 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26754 Start coverage on function under point.
26756 \(fn)" t nil)
26758 ;;;***
26760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21607 54478 800121
26761 ;;;;;; 42000))
26762 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26763 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26765 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26766 Play the Tetris game.
26767 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26768 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26769 as to form complete rows.
26771 tetris-mode keybindings:
26772 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26773 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26774 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26775 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26776 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26777 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26778 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26779 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26780 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26782 \(fn)" t nil)
26784 ;;;***
26786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21611 10938
26787 ;;;;;; 204397 226000))
26788 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26790 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26791 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26793 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26795 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26796 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26797 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26798 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26799 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26801 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26803 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26804 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26805 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26806 if it matches the first line of the file,
26807 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26809 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26811 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26812 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26813 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26814 if the variable is non-nil.")
26816 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26818 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26819 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26821 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26823 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26824 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26825 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26826 See the documentation of that variable.")
26828 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26830 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26831 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26832 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26833 See the documentation of that variable.")
26835 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26837 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26838 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26839 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26840 See the documentation of that variable.")
26842 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26844 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26845 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26846 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26847 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26848 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26850 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26852 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26853 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26854 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26855 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26857 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26859 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26860 User defined LaTeX block names.
26861 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26863 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26865 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26866 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26867 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26868 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26870 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26872 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26873 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26874 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26875 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26877 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26879 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26880 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26881 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26882 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26884 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26885 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26886 for example,
26888 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26889 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26891 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26892 use.")
26894 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26896 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26897 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26898 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26899 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26900 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26902 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26904 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26906 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26907 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26908 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26910 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26912 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26913 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26914 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26915 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26916 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26918 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26920 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26921 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26923 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26925 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26926 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26928 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26930 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26931 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26932 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26933 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26934 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26935 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26936 says which mode to use.
26938 \(fn)" t nil)
26940 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26942 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26944 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26946 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26947 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26948 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26949 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26950 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26952 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26953 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26954 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26955 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26956 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26957 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26958 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26960 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26961 mismatched $'s or braces.
26963 Special commands:
26964 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26966 Mode variables:
26967 tex-run-command
26968 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26969 tex-directory
26970 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26971 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26972 tex-dvi-print-command
26973 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26974 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26975 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26976 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26977 tex-dvi-view-command
26978 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26979 tex-show-queue-command
26980 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26981 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26983 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26984 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26985 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26987 \(fn)" t nil)
26989 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26990 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26991 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26992 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26993 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26995 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26996 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26997 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26998 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26999 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27000 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27001 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27003 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27004 mismatched $'s or braces.
27006 Special commands:
27007 \\{latex-mode-map}
27009 Mode variables:
27010 latex-run-command
27011 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27012 tex-directory
27013 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27014 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27015 tex-dvi-print-command
27016 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27017 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27018 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27019 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27020 tex-dvi-view-command
27021 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27022 tex-show-queue-command
27023 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27024 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27026 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27027 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27028 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27030 \(fn)" t nil)
27032 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27033 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27034 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27035 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27036 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27038 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27039 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27040 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27041 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27042 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27043 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27044 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27046 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27047 mismatched $'s or braces.
27049 Special commands:
27050 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27052 Mode variables:
27053 slitex-run-command
27054 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27055 tex-directory
27056 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27057 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27058 tex-dvi-print-command
27059 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27060 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27061 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27062 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27063 tex-dvi-view-command
27064 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27065 tex-show-queue-command
27066 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27067 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27069 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27070 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27071 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27072 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27074 \(fn)" t nil)
27076 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27079 \(fn)" nil nil)
27081 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27082 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27084 \(fn)" t nil)
27086 ;;;***
27088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21607 54478
27089 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
27090 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27092 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27093 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27094 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27095 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27097 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27098 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27099 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27101 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27103 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27104 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27105 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27106 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27107 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27109 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27111 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27112 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27113 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27114 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27116 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27117 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27118 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27119 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27121 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27122 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27124 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27126 ;;;***
27128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21607 54478
27129 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
27130 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27132 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27133 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27135 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27137 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27138 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27140 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27142 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27143 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27145 It has these extra commands:
27146 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27148 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27149 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27150 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27151 modified version of TeX input format.
27153 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27154 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27155 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27156 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27158 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27159 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27160 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27161 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27162 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27163 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27164 in the Texinfo file.
27166 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27167 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27168 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27169 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27170 move forward past the closing brace.
27172 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27173 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27175 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27176 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27177 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27179 Here are the functions:
27181 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27182 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27183 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27185 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27186 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27187 texinfo-master-menu
27189 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27191 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27192 which menu descriptions are indented.
27194 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27195 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27196 in the region.
27198 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27199 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27200 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27201 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27203 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27204 be the first node in the file.
27206 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27207 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27209 \(fn)" t nil)
27211 ;;;***
27213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21607
27214 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
27215 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27217 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27218 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27219 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27220 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27222 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27224 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27225 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27227 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27229 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27230 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27232 \(fn)" t nil)
27234 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27237 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27239 ;;;***
27241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21607 54478 800121
27242 ;;;;;; 42000))
27243 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27245 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27246 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27247 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27248 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27249 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27250 `line', and `page'.
27252 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27254 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27255 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27256 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27257 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27258 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27259 `line', and `page'.
27261 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27262 valid THING.
27264 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27265 positions of the thing found.
27267 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27269 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27270 Return the THING at point.
27271 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27272 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27273 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27274 `line', `number', and `page'.
27276 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27277 strip text properties from the return value.
27279 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27280 a symbol as a valid THING.
27282 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27284 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27285 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27287 \(fn)" nil nil)
27289 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27290 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27292 \(fn)" nil nil)
27294 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27295 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27297 \(fn)" nil nil)
27299 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27300 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27302 \(fn)" nil nil)
27304 ;;;***
27306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
27307 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27309 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27310 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27312 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27314 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27315 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27316 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27317 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27319 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27321 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27322 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27324 \(fn)" t nil)
27326 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27327 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27329 \(fn)" t nil)
27331 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27333 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27334 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27336 \(fn)" t nil)
27338 ;;;***
27340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21607
27341 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
27342 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27344 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27345 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27346 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27348 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27350 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27351 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27353 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27355 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27356 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27357 The returned string has no composition information.
27359 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27361 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27362 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27364 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27366 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27367 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27369 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27371 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27372 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27373 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27374 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27376 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27378 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27379 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27380 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27381 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27383 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27385 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27386 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27387 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27389 \(fn)" t nil)
27391 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27392 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27393 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27395 \(fn)" t nil)
27397 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27400 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27402 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27405 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27407 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27410 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27412 ;;;***
27414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21611 10938
27415 ;;;;;; 204397 226000))
27416 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27417 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5 7)) package--builtin-versions)
27419 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27420 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27421 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27422 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27423 parameters.
27424 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27425 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27426 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27428 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27430 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27431 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27432 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27433 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27434 parameters.
27435 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27436 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27437 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27439 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27441 ;;;***
27443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
27444 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27446 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27447 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27449 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27450 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27452 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27453 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27454 This display updates automatically every minute.
27455 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27456 are displayed as well.
27457 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27459 \(fn)" t nil)
27461 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27462 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27463 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27464 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27465 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27466 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27468 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27470 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27471 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27472 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27473 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27474 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27476 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27477 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27478 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27479 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27480 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27484 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27485 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27486 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27487 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27489 \(fn)" t nil)
27491 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27492 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27493 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27494 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27496 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27498 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27499 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27501 \(fn)" t nil)
27503 ;;;***
27505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21611
27506 ;;;;;; 10937 700236 3000))
27507 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27509 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27510 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27511 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27513 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27514 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27515 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27516 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27517 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27518 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27520 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27521 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27523 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27525 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27526 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27528 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27530 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27531 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27532 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27534 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27536 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27537 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27538 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27539 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27541 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27542 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27543 DATE should be a date-time string.
27545 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27547 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27548 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27549 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27551 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27553 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27554 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27556 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27558 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27559 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27561 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27563 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27564 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27565 TIME should be a time value.
27566 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27568 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27570 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27571 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27572 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27574 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27576 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27577 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27578 The valid format specifiers are:
27579 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27580 %d is the number of days.
27581 %h is the number of hours.
27582 %m is the number of minutes.
27583 %s is the number of seconds.
27584 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27585 %% is a literal \"%\".
27587 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27588 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27590 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27591 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27592 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27594 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27595 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27596 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27598 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27600 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27602 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27603 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27605 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27607 ;;;***
27609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21607 54478 800121
27610 ;;;;;; 42000))
27611 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27612 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27613 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27614 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27615 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27616 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27617 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27618 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27619 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27621 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27622 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27623 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27624 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27625 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27626 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27627 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27628 look like one of the following:
27629 Time-stamp: <>
27630 Time-stamp: \" \"
27631 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27632 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27633 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27634 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27635 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27636 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27637 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27638 the template.
27640 \(fn)" t nil)
27642 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27643 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27644 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27648 ;;;***
27650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21607
27651 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
27652 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27653 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27655 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27656 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27657 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27660 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27662 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27664 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27665 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27666 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27667 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27668 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27669 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27670 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27671 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27672 display (non-nil means on).
27674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27676 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27677 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27678 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27679 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27680 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27681 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27682 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27683 this function is called within a day.
27685 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27686 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27687 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27688 discover the name of the project.
27690 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27692 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27693 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27694 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27695 begun during the last time segment.
27697 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27698 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27699 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27700 discover the reason.
27702 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27704 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27705 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27706 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27707 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27708 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27710 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27712 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27713 Change to working on a different project.
27714 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27715 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27716 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27717 working on.
27719 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27721 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27722 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27723 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27725 \(fn)" nil nil)
27727 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27728 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27729 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27731 \(fn)" t nil)
27733 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27734 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27735 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27736 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27737 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27738 \"relative to today\".
27740 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27742 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27743 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27744 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27745 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27747 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27749 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27750 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27751 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27752 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27753 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27754 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27756 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27758 ;;;***
27760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27761 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 300138 641000))
27762 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27764 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27765 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27766 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27767 the generated Quail package is saved.
27769 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27771 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27772 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27773 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27774 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27775 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27776 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27777 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27779 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27781 ;;;***
27783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
27784 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27785 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27786 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27788 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27789 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27790 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27791 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27792 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27794 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27795 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27796 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27798 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27800 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27801 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27802 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27803 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27804 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27806 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27808 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27809 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27810 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27811 in the menu in two ways:
27812 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27813 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27814 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27816 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27817 keymap or an alist of alists.
27818 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27819 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27821 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27823 ;;;***
27825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21625
27826 ;;;;;; 43838 483701 627000))
27827 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27829 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27830 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27832 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27833 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27834 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27835 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27836 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27837 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27838 file was last visited.
27840 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27841 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27842 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27843 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27844 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27845 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27846 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27847 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27848 for the first item.
27850 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27851 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27852 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27853 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27854 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27855 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27856 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27857 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27859 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27860 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27861 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27862 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27863 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27865 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27866 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27868 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27870 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27871 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27873 \\{todo-mode-map}
27875 \(fn)" t nil)
27877 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27878 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27880 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27882 \(fn)" t nil)
27884 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27885 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27887 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27889 \(fn)" t nil)
27891 ;;;***
27893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21607 54478 800121
27894 ;;;;;; 42000))
27895 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27897 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27898 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27899 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27903 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27904 Add an item to the tool bar.
27905 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27906 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27907 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27908 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27910 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27911 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27912 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27913 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27915 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27916 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27918 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27920 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27921 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27922 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27923 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27924 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27925 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27927 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27928 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27929 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27930 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27932 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27934 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27935 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27936 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27937 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27938 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27939 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27940 properties to add to the binding.
27942 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27944 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27945 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27947 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27949 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27950 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27951 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27952 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27953 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27954 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27955 properties to add to the binding.
27957 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27958 holds a keymap.
27960 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27962 ;;;***
27964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21607 54477 800124
27965 ;;;;;; 118000))
27966 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27968 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27969 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27970 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27971 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27972 to a tcp server on another machine.
27974 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27976 ;;;***
27978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21607 54477
27979 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
27980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27982 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27983 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27985 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27987 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
27988 Helper function to get internal values.
27989 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
27991 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
27993 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
27994 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
27995 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
27996 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
27998 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
27999 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28000 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28001 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28002 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28004 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28005 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28006 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28007 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28009 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28011 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28013 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28014 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28015 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28016 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28018 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28020 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28022 ;;;***
28024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21625 43838 483701
28025 ;;;;;; 627000))
28026 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28028 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28029 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28030 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28032 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28034 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28035 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28037 It can have the following values:
28039 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28040 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28042 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28044 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28045 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28046 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28047 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28049 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28051 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28052 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28053 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28054 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28056 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28057 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28058 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28059 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28060 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28061 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28062 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28063 files which are not really Tramp files.
28065 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28066 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28067 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28068 updated after changing this variable.
28070 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28072 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28073 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28074 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28075 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28077 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28079 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28080 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28081 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28082 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28084 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28085 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28086 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28088 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28089 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28090 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28091 updated after changing this variable.
28093 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28095 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28096 Alist of completion handler functions.
28097 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28098 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28099 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28101 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28102 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28103 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28104 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28106 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28107 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28108 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28110 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28111 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory (or (symbol-value (quote temporary-file-directory)) "/"))) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28113 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28114 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28116 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28118 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28121 \(fn)" nil nil)
28123 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28124 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28126 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28128 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28129 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28131 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28133 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28134 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28136 \(fn)" t nil)
28138 ;;;***
28140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21607 54478
28141 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
28142 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28144 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28147 \(fn)" nil nil)
28149 ;;;***
28151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21607 54478 800121
28152 ;;;;;; 42000))
28153 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28155 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28156 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28157 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28158 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28159 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28160 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28161 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28162 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28164 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28165 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28166 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28168 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28169 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28170 resumed later.
28172 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28174 ;;;***
28176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21607 54478
28177 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
28178 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28180 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28183 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28185 ;;;***
28187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21607
28188 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
28189 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28190 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28191 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28192 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28194 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28195 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28196 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28197 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28198 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28199 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28200 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28202 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28204 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28205 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28206 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28207 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28209 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28211 \(fn)" t nil)
28213 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28214 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28215 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28216 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28217 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28218 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28219 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28221 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28222 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28224 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28225 \\___/\\
28226 / \\
28227 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28229 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28231 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28233 ;;;***
28235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21609 55608 852266
28236 ;;;;;; 580000))
28237 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28239 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28240 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28241 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28242 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28243 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28244 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28246 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28248 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28249 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28250 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28252 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28253 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28254 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28255 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28256 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28257 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28258 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28260 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28261 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28263 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28264 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28265 reset the keystroke counter.
28267 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28268 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28269 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28270 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28272 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28273 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28274 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28275 `type-break-schedule' command.
28277 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28278 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28279 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28280 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28281 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28282 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28283 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28284 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28285 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28287 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28288 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28289 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28290 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28291 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28293 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28294 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28295 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28296 approximate good values for this.
28298 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28299 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28301 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28302 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28303 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28304 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28305 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28306 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28308 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28309 a typing break occur. They include:
28311 `type-break-query-mode'
28312 `type-break-query-function'
28313 `type-break-query-interval'
28315 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28317 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28318 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28319 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28320 problems.
28322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28324 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28325 Take a typing break.
28327 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28328 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28330 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28331 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28333 \(fn)" t nil)
28335 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28336 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28337 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28338 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28340 \(fn)" t nil)
28342 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28343 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28345 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28346 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28347 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28348 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28349 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28350 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28351 average typing speed.)
28353 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28354 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28355 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28356 the computed maximum threshold.
28358 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28359 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28360 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28361 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28362 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28364 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28366 ;;;***
28368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
28369 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28371 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28372 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28373 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28374 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28375 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28377 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28379 ;;;***
28381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28382 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 300138 641000))
28383 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28385 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28386 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28388 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28390 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28391 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28393 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28395 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28396 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28398 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28400 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28401 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28403 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28405 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28406 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28408 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28410 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28411 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28413 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28415 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28416 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28418 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28420 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28421 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28423 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28425 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28426 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28428 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28430 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28431 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28433 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28435 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28436 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28438 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28440 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28441 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28443 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28445 ;;;***
28447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21607
28448 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
28449 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28451 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28452 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28453 Works by overstriking underscores.
28454 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28455 which specify the range to operate on.
28457 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28459 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28460 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28461 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28462 which specify the range to operate on.
28464 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28466 ;;;***
28468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21607 54478 300138
28469 ;;;;;; 641000))
28470 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28472 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28473 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28474 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28475 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28476 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28477 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28479 \(fn)" nil nil)
28481 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28482 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28483 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28485 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28487 ;;;***
28489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21607 54477
28490 ;;;;;; 800124 118000))
28491 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28493 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28494 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28495 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28496 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28498 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28500 ;;;***
28502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
28503 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28505 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28506 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28507 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28508 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28509 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28511 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28512 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28513 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28514 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28515 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28516 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28518 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28519 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28520 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28522 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28523 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28524 the callback is not called).
28526 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28527 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28528 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28529 take effect.
28531 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28532 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28533 the server.
28534 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28535 URL-encoded before it's used.
28537 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28539 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28540 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28541 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28542 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28543 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28545 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28547 ;;;***
28549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21607 54478 800121
28550 ;;;;;; 42000))
28551 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28553 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28554 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28555 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28557 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28558 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28559 `url-generic-parse-url'
28560 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28561 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28562 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28563 realm
28564 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28565 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28566 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28567 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28568 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28569 what type of auth to use
28570 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28571 if one cannot be found in the cache
28573 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28575 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28576 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28578 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28579 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28580 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28581 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28582 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28583 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28584 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28585 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28587 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28589 ;;;***
28591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21607 54478
28592 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
28593 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28595 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28596 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28598 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28600 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28601 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28602 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28604 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28606 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28607 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28609 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28611 ;;;***
28613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21607 54478 800121
28614 ;;;;;; 42000))
28615 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28617 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28620 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28622 ;;;***
28624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21607 54478 800121
28625 ;;;;;; 42000))
28626 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28628 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28629 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28630 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28632 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28634 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28635 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28636 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28637 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28639 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28640 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28641 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28642 though.
28644 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28646 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28647 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28648 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28650 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28652 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28655 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28657 ;;;***
28659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21607 54478 800121
28660 ;;;;;; 42000))
28661 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28663 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28664 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28666 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28668 ;;;***
28670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21607 54478 800121
28671 ;;;;;; 42000))
28672 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28674 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28675 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28677 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28679 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28680 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28681 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28682 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28683 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28685 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
28686 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
28688 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
28690 ;;;***
28692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21607
28693 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
28694 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28696 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28697 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28698 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28700 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28701 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28703 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28705 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28706 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28713 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28714 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28715 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28716 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28718 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28720 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28721 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28722 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28723 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28724 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28725 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28726 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28727 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28728 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28729 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28731 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28733 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28734 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28735 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28736 accessible.
28738 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28740 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28743 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28745 ;;;***
28747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21619 5051 260148
28748 ;;;;;; 536000))
28749 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28750 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28752 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28753 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28754 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28755 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28756 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28758 ;;;***
28760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21607 54478 800121
28761 ;;;;;; 42000))
28762 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28764 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28767 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28769 ;;;***
28771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21607 54478 800121
28772 ;;;;;; 42000))
28773 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28775 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28776 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28777 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28778 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28779 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28781 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28783 ;;;***
28785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21607 54478
28786 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
28787 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28789 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28792 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28794 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28795 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28797 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28799 ;;;***
28801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21607 54478 800121
28802 ;;;;;; 42000))
28803 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28805 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28806 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28808 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28810 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28811 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28813 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28815 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28818 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28820 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28822 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28824 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28826 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28827 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28829 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28831 ;;;***
28833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21607 54478 800121
28834 ;;;;;; 42000))
28835 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28837 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28840 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28842 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28845 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28847 ;;;***
28849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21607 54478 800121
28850 ;;;;;; 42000))
28851 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28853 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28856 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28858 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28861 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28863 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28866 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28868 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28871 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28873 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28876 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28878 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28881 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28883 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28886 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28888 ;;;***
28890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21607 54478
28891 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
28892 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28894 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28895 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28897 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28899 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28900 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28901 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28903 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28904 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28905 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28906 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28907 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28908 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28909 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28910 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28911 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28912 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
28913 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
28914 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
28915 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
28916 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
28918 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
28919 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
28920 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
28922 Here is an example. The URL
28924 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
28926 parses to
28928 TYPE = \"foo\"
28929 USER = \"bob\"
28930 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
28931 HOST = \"example.com\"
28932 PORTSPEC = 42
28933 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
28934 TARGET = \"nose\"
28935 ATTRIBUTES = nil
28936 FULLNESS = t
28938 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28940 ;;;***
28942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21607 54478
28943 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
28944 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28946 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28947 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28949 \(fn)" t nil)
28951 ;;;***
28953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21619 5051
28954 ;;;;;; 260148 536000))
28955 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
28957 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
28958 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28959 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
28960 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
28961 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
28962 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
28964 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28966 ;;;***
28968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21607 54478
28969 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
28970 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
28972 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
28973 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
28974 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
28976 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
28978 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
28979 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28980 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
28981 would have been passed to OPERATION.
28983 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28985 ;;;***
28987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21607 54478 800121
28988 ;;;;;; 42000))
28989 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28991 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28992 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28993 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28995 If t, all messages will be logged.
28996 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28997 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28999 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29001 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29004 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29006 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29009 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29011 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29012 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29013 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29014 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29015 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29016 & ==> &amp;
29017 < ==> &lt;
29018 > ==> &gt;
29019 \" ==> &quot;
29021 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29023 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29024 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29025 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29027 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29029 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29030 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29031 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29033 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29035 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29036 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29038 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29040 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29041 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29043 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29045 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29046 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29048 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29050 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29053 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29055 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29058 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29060 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29062 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29063 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29065 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29067 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29068 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29070 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29072 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29075 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29077 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29078 Build a query-string.
29080 Given a QUERY in the form:
29081 '((key1 val1)
29082 (key2 val2)
29083 (key3 val1 val2)
29084 (key4)
29085 (key5 \"\"))
29087 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29089 This will return a string
29090 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29091 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29092 be used.
29094 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29096 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29097 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29099 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29101 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29102 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29103 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29104 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29105 forbidden in URL encoding.
29107 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29109 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29110 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29111 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29112 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29113 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29114 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29116 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29117 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29118 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29119 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29121 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29123 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29124 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29125 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29126 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29127 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29128 should return it unchanged.
29130 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29132 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29133 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29134 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29135 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29137 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29139 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29140 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29141 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29143 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29145 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29146 View the current document's URL.
29147 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29148 the minibuffer.
29150 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29152 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29154 ;;;***
29156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21607 54478 800121
29157 ;;;;;; 42000))
29158 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29160 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29161 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29162 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29163 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29164 to refrain from editing the file
29165 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29166 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29167 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29168 in any way you like.
29170 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29172 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29173 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29174 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29175 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29176 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29178 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29179 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29181 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29183 ;;;***
29185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21607 54478
29186 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
29187 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29189 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29192 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29194 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29197 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29199 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29202 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29204 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29207 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29209 ;;;***
29211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
29212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29214 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29215 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29217 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29219 ;;;***
29221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21607 54478
29222 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
29223 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29225 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29226 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29227 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29228 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29230 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29232 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29233 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29234 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29236 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29238 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29239 Uudecode region between START and END.
29240 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29242 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29244 ;;;***
29246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21628 45530 160140 360000))
29247 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29249 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29250 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29251 See `run-hooks'.")
29253 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29255 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29256 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29257 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29259 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29261 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29262 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29263 See `run-hooks'.")
29265 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29267 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29268 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29269 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29270 same state. If not, signal an error.
29272 For merging-based version control systems:
29273 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29274 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29275 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29276 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29277 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29278 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29280 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29281 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29282 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29283 the file(s) for editing.
29284 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29285 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29286 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29287 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29288 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29289 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29291 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29293 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29294 Register into a version control system.
29295 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29296 Otherwise register the current file.
29297 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29299 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29300 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29301 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29302 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29303 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29304 first backend that could register the file is used.
29306 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29308 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29309 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29311 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29313 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29314 Display diffs between file revisions.
29315 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29316 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29317 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29319 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29320 saving the buffer.
29322 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29324 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29325 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29326 repository history using ediff.
29328 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29330 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29331 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29332 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29333 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29334 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29336 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29337 saving the buffer.
29339 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29341 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29342 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29343 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29344 fileset with the working revision.
29345 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29346 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29348 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29349 saving the buffer.
29351 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29353 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29354 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29355 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29357 \(fn)" nil nil)
29359 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29360 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29361 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29362 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29364 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29366 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29367 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29368 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29369 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29371 \(fn)" t nil)
29373 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29374 Perform a version control merge operation.
29375 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29376 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29377 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29378 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29380 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29381 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29382 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29383 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29384 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29385 changes from the current branch.
29387 \(fn)" t nil)
29389 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29391 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29392 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29393 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29394 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29395 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29396 checked out in that new branch.
29398 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29400 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29401 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29402 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29403 named branch in the directory DIR.
29404 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29405 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29406 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29407 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29408 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29409 allowed and simply skipped).
29411 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29413 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29414 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29415 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29416 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29417 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29419 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29420 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29422 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29424 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29425 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29426 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29427 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29428 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29430 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29432 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29433 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29434 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29436 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29438 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29439 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29440 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29442 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29444 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29445 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29447 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29449 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29450 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29451 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29452 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29454 \(fn)" t nil)
29456 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29457 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29458 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29459 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29461 \(fn)" t nil)
29463 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29465 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29466 Update the current fileset or branch.
29467 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29468 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29469 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29470 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29472 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29473 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29474 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29475 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29476 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29480 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29482 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29483 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29484 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29485 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29486 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29487 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29488 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29490 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29492 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29493 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29494 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29495 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29496 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29497 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29498 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29499 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29500 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29502 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29504 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29505 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29506 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29507 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29509 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29511 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29512 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29513 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29514 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29516 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29518 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29519 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29520 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29521 directory.
29523 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29525 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29526 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29527 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29529 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29530 log entries should be gathered.
29532 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29534 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29535 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29537 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29539 ;;;***
29541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21607 54478
29542 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
29543 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29545 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29546 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29548 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29549 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29550 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29551 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29552 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29553 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29555 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29556 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29557 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29558 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29559 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29560 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29561 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29562 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29564 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29566 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29568 Customization variables:
29570 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29571 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29572 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29573 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29574 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29575 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29577 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29579 ;;;***
29581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21628 43483 380149
29582 ;;;;;; 771000))
29583 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29584 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29585 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29586 (progn
29587 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29588 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29590 ;;;***
29592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21628 43483 380149
29593 ;;;;;; 771000))
29594 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29596 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29597 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29599 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29600 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29601 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29602 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29603 (progn
29604 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29605 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29607 ;;;***
29609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21628 43483 380149
29610 ;;;;;; 771000))
29611 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29612 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29613 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29614 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29615 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29616 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29617 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29619 ;;;***
29621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21607 54478 800121
29622 ;;;;;; 42000))
29623 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29625 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29626 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29627 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29628 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29629 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29631 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29632 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29633 The file lines appear later.
29635 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29636 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29638 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29640 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29642 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29644 ;;;***
29646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21607
29647 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
29648 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29650 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29651 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29652 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29653 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29654 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29655 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29656 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29657 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29658 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29659 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29660 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29661 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29662 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29663 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29664 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29666 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29668 ;;;***
29670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21628 45530 160140
29671 ;;;;;; 360000))
29672 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29673 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29674 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29675 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29676 (progn
29677 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29678 (vc-git-registered file))))
29680 ;;;***
29682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21628 43483 380149 771000))
29683 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29684 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29685 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29686 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29687 (progn
29688 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29689 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29691 ;;;***
29693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21628 43483 380149
29694 ;;;;;; 771000))
29695 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29697 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29698 Name of the monotone directory.")
29700 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29701 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29702 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29703 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29704 (progn
29705 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29706 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29708 ;;;***
29710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21628 43483 380149
29711 ;;;;;; 771000))
29712 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29714 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29715 Where to look for RCS master files.
29716 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29718 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29720 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29722 ;;;***
29724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21628 43483 380149
29725 ;;;;;; 771000))
29726 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29728 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29729 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29730 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29732 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29734 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29736 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29737 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29738 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29739 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29741 ;;;***
29743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (21628 43483 380149
29744 ;;;;;; 771000))
29745 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
29747 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
29748 Where to look for SRC master files.
29749 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29751 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
29753 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
29755 ;;;***
29757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21628 43483 380149
29758 ;;;;;; 771000))
29759 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29760 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29761 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29762 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29763 "_svn")
29764 (t ".svn"))))
29765 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29766 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29767 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29769 ;;;***
29771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21607
29772 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
29773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29774 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29775 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29777 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29778 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29780 Usage:
29781 ------
29783 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29784 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29785 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29786 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29788 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29789 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29790 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29791 completions.
29793 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29794 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29796 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29797 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29799 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29800 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29801 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29803 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29806 Maintenance:
29807 ------------
29809 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29810 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29812 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29814 Official distribution is at
29815 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29818 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29819 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29821 Key bindings:
29822 -------------
29824 \\{vera-mode-map}
29826 \(fn)" t nil)
29828 ;;;***
29830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29831 ;;;;;; (21607 54478 800121 42000))
29832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29834 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29835 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29836 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29837 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29838 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29840 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29842 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29843 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29845 Supports highlighting.
29847 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29848 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29850 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29852 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29853 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29854 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29855 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29856 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29857 on the left side of your screen.
29858 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29859 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29860 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29861 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29862 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29863 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29864 function keyword.
29865 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29866 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29867 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29868 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29869 if (a)
29870 begin
29871 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29872 Indentation for case statements.
29873 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29874 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29875 mark after an end.
29876 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29877 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29878 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29879 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29880 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29881 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29882 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29883 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29884 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29885 if (a)
29886 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29887 otherwise you get:
29888 if (a)
29889 begin
29890 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29891 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29892 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29893 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29894 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29895 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29896 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29897 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29898 comments in tight quarters.
29899 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29900 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29902 Variables controlling other actions:
29904 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29905 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29906 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29908 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29910 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29912 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29913 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29914 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29916 Some other functions are:
29918 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29919 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29920 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29921 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29922 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29924 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29925 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29926 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29927 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29929 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29930 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29931 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29932 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29933 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29934 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29935 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29936 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29937 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29938 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29939 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29940 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29941 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29942 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29943 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29944 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29945 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29946 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29947 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29948 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29949 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29950 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29951 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29952 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29953 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29954 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29955 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29956 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29957 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29958 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29959 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29961 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29962 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29964 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29966 \(fn)" t nil)
29968 ;;;***
29970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21607
29971 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
29972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29974 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29975 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29977 Usage:
29978 ------
29980 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29981 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29982 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29983 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29984 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29985 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29986 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29987 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29988 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
29990 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29991 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29992 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29993 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29995 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29996 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29997 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29998 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29999 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30001 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30002 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30005 HEADER INSERTION:
30006 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30007 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30008 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30011 STUTTERING:
30012 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30013 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30014 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30015 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30017 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30018 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30019 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30020 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30021 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30024 WORD COMPLETION:
30025 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30026 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30027 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30028 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30030 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30031 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30032 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30033 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30034 beginning with \"std\").
30036 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30037 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30038 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30039 stop.
30042 COMMENTS:
30043 `--' puts a single comment.
30044 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30045 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30046 with a comment in between.
30047 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30048 out following lines.
30049 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30050 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30051 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30052 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30054 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30055 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30056 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30057 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30058 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30059 non-nil.
30061 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30062 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30063 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30064 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30065 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30066 multi-line comments.
30069 INDENTATION:
30070 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30071 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30072 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30073 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30074 the entire region.
30076 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30077 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30078 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30079 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30081 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30082 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30083 and vice versa.
30085 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30086 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30088 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30089 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30090 line.
30093 ALIGNMENT:
30094 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30095 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30096 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30097 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30098 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30099 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30100 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30101 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30103 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30104 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30105 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30106 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30107 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30108 is non-nil.
30110 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30111 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30112 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30114 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30115 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30118 CODE FILLING:
30119 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30120 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30121 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30122 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30123 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30124 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30127 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30128 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30129 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30130 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30131 command:
30133 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30136 PORT TRANSLATION:
30137 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30138 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30139 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30140 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30141 internal signal initializations (menu).
30143 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30144 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30145 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30147 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30148 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30149 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30150 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30151 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30152 in subsequent paste operations.)
30154 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30155 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30156 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30159 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30160 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30161 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30162 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30163 association list with formals).
30166 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30167 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30168 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30169 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30170 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30171 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30172 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30173 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30174 `vhdl-testbench'.
30177 KEY BINDINGS:
30178 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30181 VHDL MENU:
30182 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30185 FILE BROWSER:
30186 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30187 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30188 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30190 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30191 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30194 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30195 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30196 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30197 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30199 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30200 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30201 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30203 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30204 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30205 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30206 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30208 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30209 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30210 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30211 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30212 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30214 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30215 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30216 required by secondary units.
30219 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30220 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30221 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30222 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30223 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30224 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30225 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30226 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30227 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30228 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30229 inputs to this component -> input port created
30230 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30231 outputs from this component -> output port created
30232 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30233 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30235 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30236 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30237 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30238 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30239 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30241 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30242 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30244 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30245 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30246 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30247 component instantiation is also supported (option
30248 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30250 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30251 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30252 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30253 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30254 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30255 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30256 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30257 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30258 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30259 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30260 generating the configuration.
30262 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30263 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30264 configurations in speedbar.
30266 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30269 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30270 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30271 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30272 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30273 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30274 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30275 information. New compilers can be added.
30277 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30278 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30281 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30282 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30283 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30284 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30285 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30287 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30288 command:
30290 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30291 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30292 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30294 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30295 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30296 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30297 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30298 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30299 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30300 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30301 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30302 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30304 Limitations:
30305 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30306 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30307 not (yet) supported.
30308 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30309 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30310 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30313 PROJECTS:
30314 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30315 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30316 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30317 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30318 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30319 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30320 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30321 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30323 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30324 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30325 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30326 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30327 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30328 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30329 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30330 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30331 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30332 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30333 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30336 SPECIAL MENUES:
30337 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30338 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30339 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30340 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30341 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30342 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30343 current directory for VHDL source files.
30346 VHDL STANDARDS:
30347 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30348 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30351 KEYWORD CASE:
30352 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30353 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30354 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30355 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30356 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30357 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30358 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30359 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30362 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30363 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30364 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30365 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30366 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30367 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30368 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30370 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30371 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30372 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30373 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30374 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30375 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30377 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30378 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30379 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30380 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30381 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30382 visually.
30384 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30385 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30386 highlighted if written in lower case.
30388 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30389 highlighted using a different background color if option
30390 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30392 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30393 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30394 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30395 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30396 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30399 USER MODELS:
30400 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30401 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30402 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30405 HIDE/SHOW:
30406 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30407 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30408 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30409 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30410 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30413 CODE UPDATING:
30414 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30415 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30416 Limitations:
30417 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30418 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30419 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30420 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30421 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30422 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30423 (used to obtain the port names).
30424 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30425 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30426 sensitivity lists.
30429 CODE FIXING:
30430 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30431 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30434 PRINTING:
30435 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30436 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30437 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30438 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30439 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30440 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30441 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30442 printers.
30445 OPTIONS:
30446 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30447 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30448 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30449 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30450 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30452 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30453 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30454 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30455 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30456 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30457 INSTALL file).
30459 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30460 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30463 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30464 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30465 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30466 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30468 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30471 HINTS:
30472 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30473 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30475 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30477 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30479 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30482 RELEASE NOTES:
30483 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30486 Maintenance:
30487 ------------
30489 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30490 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30492 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30494 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30495 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30496 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30497 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30499 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30500 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30501 where the latest version can be found.
30504 Known problems:
30505 ---------------
30507 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30508 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30509 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30510 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30513 The VHDL Mode Authors
30514 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30516 Key bindings:
30517 -------------
30519 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30521 \(fn)" t nil)
30523 ;;;***
30525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21607
30526 ;;;;;; 54478 300138 641000))
30527 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30529 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30530 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30532 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30534 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30535 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30536 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30537 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30539 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30541 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30542 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30544 \(fn)" t nil)
30546 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30547 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30548 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30549 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30551 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30553 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30554 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30556 \(fn)" t nil)
30558 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30561 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30563 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30566 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30568 ;;;***
30570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
30571 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30573 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30574 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30575 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30577 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30579 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30580 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30581 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30582 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30584 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30586 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30587 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30589 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30591 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30592 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30593 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30594 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30595 moving around in the buffer.
30596 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30597 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30599 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30601 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30603 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30604 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30605 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30606 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30608 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30609 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30610 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30611 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30612 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30614 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30616 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30618 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30619 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30620 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30621 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30622 buffer.
30624 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30625 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30626 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30627 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30628 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30630 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30632 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30634 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30635 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30636 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30637 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30638 moving around in the buffer.
30639 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30640 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30642 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30644 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30645 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30646 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30648 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30649 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30650 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30651 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30653 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30654 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30655 own View-like bindings.
30657 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30659 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30660 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30661 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30662 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30663 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30664 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30665 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30667 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30669 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30671 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30672 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30673 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30675 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30676 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30677 own View-like bindings.
30679 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30681 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30682 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30683 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30684 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30685 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30686 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30687 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30689 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30691 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30693 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30694 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30695 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30697 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30698 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30699 own View-like bindings.
30701 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30703 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30704 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30705 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30706 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30707 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30709 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30710 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30711 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30712 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30714 \\<view-mode-map>
30716 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30717 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30718 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30719 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30720 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30721 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30722 to a repeat count of one.
30724 H, h, ? This message.
30725 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30726 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30727 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30728 > move to the end of buffer.
30729 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30730 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30731 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30732 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30733 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30734 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30735 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30736 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30737 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30738 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30739 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30740 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30741 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30742 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30743 Use this to view a changing file.
30744 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30745 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30746 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30747 . set the mark.
30748 x exchanges point and mark.
30749 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30750 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30751 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30752 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30753 ' go to position saved in character register.
30754 s do forward incremental search.
30755 r do reverse incremental search.
30756 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30757 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30758 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30759 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30760 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30761 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30762 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30763 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30764 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30765 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30766 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30767 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30768 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30769 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30770 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30771 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30772 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30774 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30775 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30776 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30777 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30778 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30779 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30780 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30781 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30782 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30784 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30788 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30789 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30790 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30791 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30792 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30793 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30794 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30795 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30796 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30798 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30800 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30802 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30803 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30804 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30805 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30806 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30807 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30809 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30810 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30811 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30813 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30815 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30817 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30819 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30820 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30822 \(fn)" t nil)
30824 ;;;***
30826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21607 54478 300138
30827 ;;;;;; 641000))
30828 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30829 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30831 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30832 Toggle Viper on/off.
30833 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30835 \(fn)" t nil)
30837 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30838 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30840 \(fn)" t nil)
30842 ;;;***
30844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21607
30845 ;;;;;; 54477 800124 118000))
30846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30848 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30849 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30850 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30851 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30852 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30853 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30854 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30855 the beginning of the warning.")
30857 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30858 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30859 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30860 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30861 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30862 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30863 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30864 also call that function before the next warning.")
30866 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30867 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30869 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30870 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30871 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30872 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30874 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30875 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30876 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30877 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30878 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30879 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30881 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30882 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30883 Default is :warning.
30885 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30886 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30887 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30888 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30889 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30890 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30892 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30893 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30894 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30896 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30898 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30899 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30901 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30903 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30904 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30905 \\<special-mode-map>
30906 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30907 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30909 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30910 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30911 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30912 can be whatever you like.)
30914 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30915 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30917 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30918 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30919 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30920 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30921 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30923 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30925 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30926 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30927 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30928 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30929 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30931 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30933 ;;;***
30935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
30936 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30937 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30939 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30940 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30941 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30942 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30943 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30944 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30945 directories to reflect your edits.
30947 See `wdired-mode'.
30949 \(fn)" t nil)
30951 ;;;***
30953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21607 54478 300138
30954 ;;;;;; 641000))
30955 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30957 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30958 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30960 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30961 hotlist.
30963 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30964 <nwv@acm.org>.
30966 \(fn)" t nil)
30968 ;;;***
30970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21607
30971 ;;;;;; 54478 800121 42000))
30972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30973 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30974 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30976 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
30978 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30979 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30980 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30981 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30982 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30983 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30985 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30987 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30988 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
30989 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
30990 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30991 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30993 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
30994 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
30995 in certain major modes.
30997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30999 ;;;***
31001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21607 54478 800121
31002 ;;;;;; 42000))
31003 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31004 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31006 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31007 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31008 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31009 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31010 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31012 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31013 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31017 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31018 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31019 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31020 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31021 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31023 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31024 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31025 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31026 use `whitespace-mode'.
31028 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31032 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31033 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31034 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31035 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31036 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31037 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31039 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31041 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31042 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31044 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31045 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31047 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31048 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31052 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31053 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31054 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31055 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31056 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31057 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31059 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31061 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31062 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31063 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31064 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31065 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31067 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31068 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31069 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31070 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31072 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31076 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31077 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31079 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31080 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31082 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31083 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31085 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31087 CHAR MEANING
31088 (VIA FACES)
31089 f toggle face visualization
31090 t toggle TAB visualization
31091 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31092 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31093 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31094 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31095 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31096 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31097 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31098 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31099 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31100 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31101 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31102 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31103 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31104 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31105 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31106 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31108 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31109 T toggle TAB visualization
31110 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31111 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31113 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31114 ? display brief help
31116 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31117 The valid symbols are:
31119 face toggle face visualization
31120 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31121 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31122 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31123 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31124 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31125 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31126 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31127 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31128 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31129 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31130 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31131 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31132 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31133 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31134 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31135 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31136 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31138 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31139 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31140 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31142 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31144 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31146 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31148 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31149 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31151 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31152 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31154 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31155 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31157 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31159 CHAR MEANING
31160 (VIA FACES)
31161 f toggle face visualization
31162 t toggle TAB visualization
31163 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31164 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31165 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31166 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31167 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31168 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31169 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31170 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31171 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31172 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31173 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31174 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31175 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31176 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31177 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31178 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31180 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31181 T toggle TAB visualization
31182 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31183 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31185 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31186 ? display brief help
31188 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31189 The valid symbols are:
31191 face toggle face visualization
31192 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31193 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31194 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31195 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31196 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31197 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31198 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31199 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31200 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31201 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31202 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31203 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31204 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31205 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31206 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31207 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31208 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31210 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31211 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31212 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31214 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31216 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31218 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31220 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31221 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31223 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31224 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31225 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31226 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31227 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31229 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31231 The problems cleaned up are:
31233 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31234 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31235 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31236 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31238 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31239 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31240 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31241 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31242 SPACEs.
31243 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31244 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31245 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31246 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31248 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31249 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31250 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31251 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31252 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31253 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31254 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31255 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31257 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31258 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31259 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31261 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31262 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31263 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31264 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31265 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31266 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31267 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31268 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31270 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31271 documentation.
31273 \(fn)" t nil)
31275 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31276 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31278 The problems cleaned up are:
31280 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31281 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31282 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31283 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31284 SPACEs.
31285 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31286 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31287 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31288 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31290 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31291 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31292 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31293 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31294 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31295 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31296 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31297 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31299 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31300 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31301 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31303 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31304 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31305 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31306 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31307 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31308 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31309 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31310 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31312 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31313 documentation.
31315 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31317 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31318 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31320 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31322 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31324 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31325 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31327 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31328 non-nil.
31330 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31331 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31332 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31334 empty
31335 trailing
31336 indentation
31337 space-before-tab
31338 space-after-tab
31340 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31341 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31342 report problems.
31344 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31346 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31347 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31348 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31349 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31350 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31351 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31352 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31354 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31355 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31356 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31357 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31358 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31359 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31360 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31362 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31363 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31364 cleaning up these problems.
31366 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31368 ;;;***
31370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21607 54478 800121
31371 ;;;;;; 42000))
31372 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31374 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31375 Browse the widget under point.
31377 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31379 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31380 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31382 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31384 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31385 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31387 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31389 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31390 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31391 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31392 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31393 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31397 ;;;***
31399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21607 54478 800121
31400 ;;;;;; 42000))
31401 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31403 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31404 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31406 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31408 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31409 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31410 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31412 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31414 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31415 Create widget of TYPE.
31416 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31418 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31420 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31421 Delete WIDGET.
31423 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31425 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31426 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31428 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31430 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31431 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31432 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31433 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31435 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31436 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31438 \(fn)" nil nil)
31440 ;;;***
31442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21607 54478 800121
31443 ;;;;;; 42000))
31444 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31446 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31447 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31448 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31449 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31450 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31451 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31452 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31456 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31457 Select the window above the current one.
31458 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31459 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31460 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31461 negative ARG) of the current window.
31462 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31466 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31467 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31468 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31469 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31470 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31471 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31472 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31476 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31477 Select the window below the current one.
31478 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31479 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31480 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31481 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31482 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31486 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31487 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31488 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31489 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31491 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31493 ;;;***
31495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
31496 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31498 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31499 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31500 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31501 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31502 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31503 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31505 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31507 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31508 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31510 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31511 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31512 \\{winner-mode-map}
31514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31516 ;;;***
31518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
31519 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31520 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31522 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31523 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31524 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31525 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31526 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31528 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31530 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31531 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31532 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31533 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31534 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31535 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31536 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31537 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31539 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31540 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31542 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31544 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31545 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31547 \(fn)" t nil)
31549 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31550 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31551 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31552 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31553 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31554 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31555 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31556 `woman' command for further details.
31558 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31560 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31561 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31563 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31565 ;;;***
31567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
31568 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31570 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31571 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31572 Return the top node with all its children.
31573 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31575 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31576 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31577 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31579 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31581 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31582 namespace to URIs instead.
31584 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31585 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31587 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31589 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31591 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31593 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31594 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31595 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31596 not contain well-formed XML.
31598 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31599 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31600 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31601 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31602 element of the list.
31603 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31604 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31605 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31607 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31609 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31610 namespace to URIs instead.
31612 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31613 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31615 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31617 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31619 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31621 ;;;***
31623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21607 54478 300138
31624 ;;;;;; 641000))
31625 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31627 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31628 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31629 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31630 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31631 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31632 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31633 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31634 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31635 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31636 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31638 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31640 ;;;***
31642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21607 54478 800121
31643 ;;;;;; 42000))
31644 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31646 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31647 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31648 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31651 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31653 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31655 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31656 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31657 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31658 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31659 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31661 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31662 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31663 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31664 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31665 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31666 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31670 ;;;***
31672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21607 54478 300138 641000))
31673 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31675 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31676 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31678 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31680 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31681 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31683 \(fn)" nil nil)
31685 ;;;***
31687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21607 54478 800121 42000))
31688 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31690 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31691 Zone out, completely.
31693 \(fn)" t nil)
31695 ;;;***
31697 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31698 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31699 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31700 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31701 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31702 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31703 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31704 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31705 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31706 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31707 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31708 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31709 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31710 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31711 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31712 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31713 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31714 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31715 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31716 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31717 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31718 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31719 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
31720 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31721 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31722 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
31723 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
31724 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
31725 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
31726 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
31727 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
31728 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
31729 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
31730 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
31731 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
31732 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
31733 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31734 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31735 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31736 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31737 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31738 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31739 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31740 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31741 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31742 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31743 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31744 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31745 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31746 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31747 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31748 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31749 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31750 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31751 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31752 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31753 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31754 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31755 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31756 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31757 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31758 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
31759 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
31760 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31761 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31762 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31763 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31764 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31765 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31766 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31767 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
31768 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31769 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31770 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31771 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31772 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31773 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
31774 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31775 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21628 46363 926675
31904 ;;;;;; 999000))
31906 ;;;***
31908 (provide 'loaddefs)
31909 ;; Local Variables:
31910 ;; version-control: never
31911 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31912 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31913 ;; coding: utf-8
31914 ;; End:
31915 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here